Whether you’re introducing eLearning into your institution or kickstarting a personal eLearning project, the key to success lies in a solid, high-level plan.

In this article, I’m excited to share with you a practical eLearning implementation plan checklist drawn from my own experiences. These steps aren’t just theoretical, they’re tried and tested in the real world of online education. I’ll explore the essential challenges and strategies to consider, ensuring you’re equipped to embrace the vibrant and ever-evolving landscape of eLearning.

eLearning Implementation Plan Tips

Step 1. Define your objectives

The first step to creating an eLearning implementation is asking yourself why you think eLearning is a great option for your particular environment. Are you reaching out to a wider audience? Or improving knowledge retention with engaging interactive materials?

Web-based training totally makes sense but this sense is different to different instructors, audiences and institutions. If you are introducing eLearning into an organization or bringing innovations into a traditional school, see to it that every department and stakeholder is on the same page with your concept and vision.

Faculty may disagree with your goals, so you’ll have to go the extra mile ‘selling’ your idea to a pretty tough buyer.

Corporate environments may be even more reluctant to change since training needs vary widely across an average company. Indeed, Accounting, Human Resources and IT usually end up having opposite views of the learning and knowledge transfer processes.

It’s your job to harmonize and orchestrate different outlooks and business directions to ensure a smooth kickoff.

Tip! Make sure you as instructional designer and your colleagues/peers understand how they benefit from the new learning model.

Checkpoints:

• Are you planning to switch to pure web-based teaching or considering blended options?
• How do you expect to boost recall and retention using eLearning?
• Is your audience ready for the change? Do they have the right tech infrastructure?
• Is your faculty okay with the initiative? Are they showing any active support?

Step 2. What’s your scope?

Now that you know why eLearning is better than brick and mortar in your particular case, it’s time to define the scope of your new ecosystem. How far are you taking web-based instruction in your curriculum? Don’t try to overdeliver on day one. You can’t just wave a magic wand and automate routine tasks such as grading – or turn paper lectures into beautifully crafted digital content – overnight.

Tip! Start small and expand your scope as you advance technically.

Checkpoints:

• Are you planning to automate assessment?
• Will you employ old and new tools concurrently on the primary stages?
• What educational units are you thinking of? Entire courses, particular lessons, practical jobs, seminars?
• Will online exams be equivalent to offline exams and credits?

Step 3. Choose the right software

Sadly, one-size-fits-all never works in this field, so you should start mining for your eLearning software as soon as you can, and make compromises since nothing is perfect. Some lunatics like myself keep on digging for their entire lives.

Anyway, go through the list of major authoring programs like Lectora, Articulate or Captivate, then look into the second echelon and try compiling one or two mini-courses before you settle down. Never trust your first impression – the notions of easy and sophisticated, user friendly and cluttered, basic and feature-loaded get very blurry here.

Tip! Jot down your key requirements and expectations of a decent content delivery platform. Add the budget. See what matches your criteria.

Checkpoints:

• How do you plan to publish the courses? Does the software in question support SCORM or xAPI?
• Are you going to keep things plain, or are you after the bells and whistles modern software can offer?
• Are you wary of a steep learning curve? How much time do you have to get started?
• Is mobile support one of the prerequisites? Will your audience be using their smartphones and tablets to go through your content?

Step 4. Do quality assurance

Once the course is shaped and poised for delivery, ensure there are no glitches that could pop up when you least expect. Play and replay your embedded videos, check wording, grammar and spelling. (Yes, spellcheckers may be disgustingly negligent.) Ask your friends, family or a select group of students for their judgment and fix detected inconsistencies before going live.

Tip! When converting your deck into other formats (video, PDF, LMS packages, etc.), bear in mind that some effects and transitions may be lost. Confirm the limitations with your software provider in advance before jeopardizing critical data.

Checkpoints:

• Are your ideas conveyed in a concise and clear fashion?
• Is there any misleading jargon or ‘gotcha’ questions?
• Does the content play well on all required devices?
• Is there an excess of multimedia or other data-intensive content?

Step 5. Do your marketing or end up alone

Everything is fine-tuned and off to a great start, or so it seems. However, keep in mind that students will not necessarily sign up for your course just because it’s well-built and useful. You need to raise awareness of the content, keep your target audience nurtured with updates and onboarding information, and stay social and in permanent contact with the learners.

Of course, students may just have to take your class to get credit if that’s how it works in your system – and this is perfectly fine. Otherwise, you may need to do extra research, marketing and even advertising to recruit more participants to your educational program.

Tip! Use collaboration tools in your e-Learning software and/or maintain visibility in social networks to show there is a personality behind the facts, figures and slides.

Checkpoints:

• How do your learners get to know about the course?
• Do you send out any newsletters, reminders or personal invitations?
• Do you place ads and announcements in the right place where your target audience can see them?
• Do you keep in touch with your ‘alumni’ and provide timely responses to their queries?

Final Thoughts

It’s clear that implementing an eLearning program involves careful planning and consideration. The journey, while challenging, is incredibly rewarding, and the steps outlined in this article are among the most effective strategies I’ve honed during my years in the eLearning industry. They are designed to guide you through the complexities of eLearning implementation, ensuring a smooth and successful integration into your educational framework.

If you have any additional tips from your experiences or questions about creating an eLearning implementation plan, please share them in the comments.

The post 5 Steps for an Effective eLearning Implementation Plan appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Over the years, I’ve developed a toolkit of strategies and approaches, yet I’ve found that certain foundational elements are essential in crafting high-quality eLearning content. These elements are the cornerstones of effective eLearning, regardless of the subject matter or audience.

In this article, I’ll share these key fundamentals, drawing from my extensive experience in the field, to guide you in creating successful eLearning courses.

5 Features to Consider When Building an eLearning Course

1. Navigation

Over the years, I’ve come to understand the importance of viewing your course not just as a live instructional tool but also as a valuable reference resource. To achieve this dual purpose, it’s crucial to incorporate user-friendly navigation within your course. This means integrating menus, links, and pathways that allow learners to either follow the course linearly or navigate freely to revisit sections for better comprehension.

When designing your course’s navigation, consider the following key questions to ensure clarity and ease of use:

• Logical Structure: Are the concepts and ideas presented in a logical sequence that facilitates understanding?
• Review Accessibility: Have you provided backlinks or other means for learners to easily review previous content?
• Clarity of Navigation Aids: Are your navigation tools, such as infographics or menus, intuitive and easy to understand?
• Multimedia Accessibility: Have you included captions for all multimedia elements to enhance understanding and accessibility?
• Descriptive Elements: For all non-textual elements, have you provided descriptive text to ensure that all learners, regardless of their learning style or potential disabilities, can access the information?

Remember, the goal is to create a course that is not only informative but also navigable and accessible, allowing learners to engage with the content in the most effective way possible.

2. Multimedia

Every time you ask for instructional design tips on the web, all you hear about video is pure praise. There are so many ways instructional designers can use video effectively.

Indeed, a picture is worth a thousand words, and text-based content is becoming boring. Yet you always need to understand the goals of embedding a video into your course and the expected outcome.

Needless to say, multimedia is a great way to bring home your key points in an engaging manner. Depending on the objectives, you may want to give your material a professional ‘academic’ look and feel, or keep it informal and lively to motivate a younger audience.

For a comprehensive user experience, try a mix of media elements in the right proportion and see how it works for your learners.

Audio narrations can be used as the baseline method of content delivery, or as excerpts and quotations to highlight a specific point. The role of animations is hard to overestimate – it’s one of the best options to illustrate processes and logical sequences in a multitude of educational and business disciplines. Naturally, your course will look lifeless without relevant photos, imagery and diagrams, so make sure you throw a little bit of everything into the mix.

Check a few important things before you publish the course:

• Are all your pictures/videos legally owned?
• Is it still easy to play your content on an average PC/mobile device, given the volume of multimedia content involved?
• Are your multimedia items of good quality? Do they match each other by dimensions and definition?
• Are you sure the audio and video can be managed by the learner, i.e. paused, muted, etc.?
• Can the viewer speed up the video playback if they wish?

3. Interactions

Capture your learners’ attention by introducing interactions. Modern authoring tools provide a plethora of options in this field, including live characters, animations, social elements and even games.

“Live” human characters are just fun. They help to emphasize the key concepts and add a certain undertone to your narrative, based on their personal patterns and voices. Make sure your course goes hand in hand with the latest trends and sync up the material with social networks. Provide links to Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, etc. so your content can go viral. Flash animations are easy to implement and extremely efficient – this is true for various ages and learner groups. Unravelling your mysteries in animated form is a witty way for your course to pick up good karma.

Some creators will probably frown at this, but games are also a great eLearning motivator. Hot stuff to include in your training material, games not only entertain but help the students understand key objectives, roles and structures associated with your particular field of studies. I absolutely love gamification in eLearning.

My personal checklist on interactions:

• Are the animations in line with your general style?
• Is the chosen live character suitable for the audience you are addressing?
• Does each interactive element have an easy-to-formulate objective? If not, don’t hesitate to wipe out the redundant bells and whistles.

4. Tests and Assessments

Intersperse your course with quick tests to measure the audience’s performance and see if you are heading the right way. Authoring tools and online quiz makers allow you to use versatile question types such as true/false, multiple choice, fill the blank, drag and drop, essay, etc. By way of formative assessment, you may throw in short quizzes in the middle of your course and gauge interim results. For knowledge summaries, add a slide or two at the end of the material.

Before you move on to some other course module, check if everything is right:

• Are the tests coherent with the layout?
• Are all questions clear and logical?
• Do you have you have robust assessment metrics in mind?
• Do the quizzes include familiar subjects only, or go beyond the studied agenda?
• Is it easy to provide feedback on the course?

5. Tracking

Though not part of the course itself, tracking is of utmost importance to instructional designers. Sending your message into a black box just won’t fly. You need meaningful insights into your course performance, and the more criteria the better. Picking up on certain learner behaviors and defining obscure notions and bottlenecks in your narrative, you can eventually target the content to specific student groups and foresee and cater to their particular needs.

See to it that you have the right data handy:

• What’s the share of learners who completed the course?
• How did they respond to triggers and animations, what was the hit ratio?
• What time did it take the students to go through this eLearning material? Are they progressing at a comfortable pace?

Final Thoughts

Creating an eLearning course involves a ton of different considerations, and over my extensive time in the field, I’ve learned that while the process can be complex, certain strategies consistently stand out for their effectiveness. The tips shared in this article are among the most impactful I’ve discovered in my career, each playing a crucial role in developing successful eLearning content.

Remember, the journey of creating an engaging and effective eLearning course is an evolving one, and these tips are just the starting point. There’s always more to learn and new techniques to explore. I encourage you to share your own experiences and strategies in the comments below.

If you have any questions or additional tips that have worked for you, please feel free to contribute to the conversation by commenting below.

The post 5 Basic Elements Every eLearning Course Must Have appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

As someone with nearly two decades in instructional design, these stats paint a vivid picture of how deeply integrated LMS has become in the fabric of contemporary education.

Below, I’m going to explore this topic from a balanced and experienced perspective. I’ll talk all about the pros and cons, examining how colleges functioned before the digital era and whether LMS adoption is now a critical component in education.

Objectives are key

A key part of any eLearning implementation plan is having a clear objective.

What are your goals for using an LMS? Managing syllabus and homework? Blended learning? Pure online learning? Answer these questions honestly and you’ll probably know if an  LMS is a good fit for your needs.

Some might argue expense is a critical factor to consider. Well, it’s not. It’s all about creating an ecosystem accepted by teachers, students, administration, technical staff and other stakeholders. Everyone is supposed to use the LMS as a lifestyle or at least as a feasible convention.

Apparently, higher education faculty will be more inclined to try online courses or blended learning when they do have an LMS in place. Is it a cure-all? Probably not. The question is, how much are the teachers willing to delegate to technology? Needless to say, every college has its opinion-makers, so there is hardly a comprehensive solution for the entire field.

Good for simple assessments, good for big institutions

eLearning is a fantastic tool, but like anything, it has its limitations. Take assessments, for example. In my years of designing eLearning courses, I’ve noticed they often rely heavily on multiple-choice questions, missing out on the diverse testing techniques we use in traditional classrooms. You’re often left with a choice: settle for this standard format or invest in costly customizations to tailor the experience.

Combining LMS-based courses with in-person sessions, however, strikes a balance that’s both efficient and cost-effective. It’s a blend I’ve seen work wonders in terms of enhancing learning outcomes.

Speaking of cost-effectiveness, it’s crucial for an LMS to onboard a sufficient number of users to make the investment worthwhile. This is especially true in larger institutions, where the administrative workload can increase significantly. It’s not just about setting up the system, it involves integrating it with existing databases, updating student IDs, and keeping track of new enrollments and dropouts.

From an organizational standpoint, this can be quite a task. Each college needs to weigh whether the benefits of an LMS justify this effort. In my experience, while some institutions find it a valuable addition, others may opt for different approaches. It’s a decision that requires careful consideration of both the educational and administrative aspects.

Need authoring, performance, and attendance tracking? Get an LMS

A learning management system includes three core features:

• Online course delivery
• Tracking of students’ individual accomplishments
• Attendance tracking, course popularity evaluation.

So, basically, it all boils down to three key benefits:

• Convenient publishing and management of e-Learning materials, live interaction between students and educators
• Granular statistics on performance and instant feedback
• Running a college with minimal administrative overhead and bureaucracy.

That’s roughly the main idea and the essence of the subject. Is your college ready to jump on the bandwagon? Three checks out of three mean it might be on the right track.

Great option for tech-savvy schools

LMSs support teachers in managing tasks, creating engaging courses, implementing gamification elements, and much more.

However, as with any sophisticated solution, it needs constant professional care. A weak technological infrastructure may be an unsurpassable barrier for introducing a learning management system. Another looming danger is students’ attitude. Even in higher education, teachers still need to disassociate computers and web-based courses with pure entertainment.

Final Thoughts

The decision to implement an LMS in a college setting is multifaceted, balancing educational benefits with logistical considerations. From my years as an instructional designer, I’ve seen how eLearning, particularly when integrated with traditional classroom methods, can really enhance the learning experience. But it’s still important to acknowledge the challenges, especially in terms of the administrative effort and cost involved in adopting and maintaining an LMS.

Each institution must weigh these factors against its specific needs and capabilities. While an LMS can offer streamlined, scalable, and diverse learning opportunities, it also demands a substantial commitment to setup and ongoing management.

As we move forward in the ever-evolving landscape of education, it’s crucial for colleges to continually assess and adapt their teaching methods to best serve their students. Whether an LMS is part of that equation will depend on a variety of factors, unique to each educational environment.

The post Should Every College Use a Learning Management System? appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

As someone with an extensive background in the eLearning industry, I’ve spent countless hours tearing apart instructional design portfolios to understand what makes them tick, click, and stick in the minds of those who see them.

In the article below, I’ll share everything you need to know to build a killer instructional design portfolio that gets noticed and gives you the best chance possible of landing your dream job. And if you need inspiration on how to create your own, I’ve also pulled together a collection of great ID portfolio examples and ideas from other pros working in the industry right now in 2024.

If you’re new to the field and need a little help finding your way, I also highly recommend downloading your free copy of An Instructional Designer’s Notebook from our friends at iSpring as it’s a great companion to this guide for those starting a career in ID.

An Instructional Designer's Notebook

Instructional Designer’s Notebook is a free collection of the most useful guides on becoming an instructional designer and creating eLearning content to facilitate every step on your eLearning trajectory. It includes lists of ebooks, YouTube channels, blogs, tips from top experts, interactive checklists, and more.

Free Download

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Examples of Great Instructional Design Portfolios

Here are a few picks from tons of instructors’ websites I found. With these examples below, I’m trying to demonstrate a multitude of styles, layouts, and approaches to building instructional design portfolios.

1. Lila Azouz →

The thing I really like about this portfolio is that all projects are conveniently grouped and labeled, drawing the line between eLearning projects, games, performance interventions, and evaluations. This instructional design portfolio includes password-protected content available upon request. Viewers have access to additional resources in PDF nicely placed under the description.

2. Corinne Fisketjon →

This is a great example of a simpler minimalistic layout, though neatly structured and logical. The content is split into multiple categories for better navigation. Embedded multimedia works fine with no broken links or outdated scripts.

3. Jackie Van Nice →

Jackie’s website is a classy representation of an eLearning professional. Every case includes the following elements: project background, course features, published sample, solution, and role description. Another thing I like is that the site employs a cloud of tags to make searching for specific topics easier.

4. Christy Tucker →

This is a well-written practical eLearning portfolio featuring this expert’s stand-outs since 2004. A simple and clear WordPress layout ensures easy reading and neatly integrated multimedia. The content is granularly organized, with large thumbnails to give you a basic idea of the contents.

5. Michael Zielinskie →

This is a really clean, easy-to-navigate instructional designer portfolio that showcases Mike’s work. It also showcases a good variety of projects to give visitors a solid overview of his capabilities.

6. Beth Myers →

Beth’s website and portfolio are a whole lot of fun. Because she’s both a game developer and learning products designer, she gave her website a video game aesthetic that’s really unique and memorable. Additionally, her portfolio page doesn’t just have pictures/screenshots of her work, it often also includes good descriptions and context to better explain the project.

7. Shalini Mathias →

This portfolio was performed in Prezi, a visual non-linear presentation service. It’s a great way to showcase one’s experience as a multi-dimensional story with a wealth of user-friendly tools. Prezi maps all key accomplishments and projects of interest, preserving timeline and logical ties. A format well worthy of attention!

8. Britt Arechiga →

A collection of eLearning courses, storyboards, and videos, this portfolio provides a smooth browsing experience and quick access to the projects. Some works are presented as screenshots, others are packed into multimedia formats. The author uses Dropbox as cloud storage.

9. Tom Washam →

This gallery features categories for the different types of instructional design work Tom has done, like Gamification, Explainer Videos, and basic eLearning. All  of thecase studies provide a project description, customer name, and details on the technology used which can be very useful information for a potential employer. More information is available in .swf format.

10. Chris Friend →

This is another ID portfolio that is both clean and includes great descriptive content. Chris does a really excellent job of showcasing his instructional designer skills across a diverse range of projects.

11. Candice Bowes →

While this is a no-frills portfolio that’s not necessarily visually stunning, it does a good job of quickly providing access to projects in PDF and PowerPoint format. Simple, clear, and to the point.

12. Jackie Throngard →

Jackie’s page displays samples of instructional designs developed for a host of educational, business, and non-profit organizations. Remember, showing diversity in who you’ve worked for and the kinds of projects you’ve done can go a long way to helping you get more jobs. The formula here is a basic test description plus a PDF to learn more. At the bottom of the page, you can find the author’s latest publications, separate CVs for academia and business, as well as links to social networks.

13. Ginger Nichols →

Ginger’s portfolio is a mix of eLearning, instructor-led training, job aids, etc. What’s peculiar in this project gallery is a category dubbed “Clicky-clicky bling-bling” where the author places experimental and incomplete jobs. For all projects, Ginger indicates the date and the technology used. The full content opens up as HTML5. Some case studies are password-protected for confidentiality purposes.

14. Chad L Smith →

When you land on this site, you’ll quickly learn about Smith’s many roles: education specialist, freelance designer, instructional designer, and curriculum developer. There’s also an instructional designer resume front and center that summarizes his experience and educational background. The portfolio includes examples and excerpts of learning objects that Smith has developed and references from colleagues. The unique feature of this site is that each time viewers click on an image to view a sample, they are taken back to Smith’s introduction, then they must scroll down to see the samples.

15. Stellar Instructional Design →

This portfolio is well organized and has some well-designed thumbnails that catch the eye and guide the visitor to the types of projects they want to see.

16. Stylelearn.com →

Clicking on this site brings a different result than some other portfolio sites. The site doesn’t appear at first to be a portfolio. The “about” tab takes the viewer to information about Alexander Salas, a designer with experience in the healthcare and IT industries. The home page features a learning game, a demo, and a training course that viewers can experience. The “sample” tab leads to several short demos created in Articulate Storyline and Rise. The demos are colorful, interactive, and a good representation of the designer’s skills.

17. Dr. Jennifer Lynn Wagner →

While this instructional design portfolio is pretty simple and plain, it gets the job done. I particularly like the category buttons at the top you can click to take you to specific types of her work.

18. Heather Willis →

Willis’s YouTube portfolio begins with upbeat music and simple visual elements that introduce her as an instructional designer with skills in Storyline, Captivate, Camtasia, Premiere, and Edge. Willis works with animation, develops presentations, and creates videos. Here, she shares demo snippets of pieces she has created. The portfolio includes statements from clients regarding Willis’s work. The video concludes with her social media contact information.

19. Tim Slade →

Tim’s portfolio is really great. Not only does it feature some big name clients, but when you click on the projects, there are supporting videos walking you through the work and lots of useful info.

20. Andre Syzmanowicz →

Syzmanowicz shares a YouTube video portfolio that highlights a training course for healthcare professionals to help patients understand the benefits of colorectal cancer screening. The video is just over two minutes, and demonstrates how learners move through a module and assessment quiz.

21. Liberate eLearning →

This portfolio is a virtual tour of the eLearning resources developed by Liberate eLearning. Set to music, the portfolio is fast-moving and technically savvy. It’s evident that this custom eLearning developer has performed work for all types of companies, including major corporations. Interested parties can visit the company’s website for more information.

22. The EduTechDiva →

Tonya V. Thomas’s Eductech Diva website describes her work in several areas, including educational technology, design, project management, and multimedia communication. Thomas’s portfolio includes a collection of work samples where the viewer can click on links to see interactive presentations.

23. The University of Hawaii →

This is how colleges display their distance learning programs and course portfolios. All programs feature an instructor, method of delivery, and description. No frills, pure information. If I had one complaint, it’s that the loading time of this portfolio is pretty slow and could definitely be improved.

24. Hemeon Learning Inc. →

Just a bunch of sample screenshots. However, this portfolio page has a disclaimer: more information will be available after registration. The projects here fall into the following categories: Health and Safety, Human Resources, Information Technology, and Policy.

Why Do I Need an Instruction Design Portfolio Site?

Your ID portfolio encompasses your past and present skills, domain knowledge, subject matter expertise, educational background, and more. It also gives your peers, employers, and students a glimpse of your creative process, methodology, teaching techniques, and past instructional design projects.

By presenting your experience in a structured, tangible fashion, you get an edge over potential competitors who don’t have a portfolio, allowing you to stand out to potential employers.

Portfolios make a recruiter’s job so much easier and provide a great shortcut to landing an interview with a hiring manager, helping you bypass ordinary selection filters. Having quality samples of your eLearning courses and academic work will catch an employer’s eye. Plus, potential clients may get a sneak peek into your pricing and terms.

That said, one of the common issues associated with portfolios is non-disclosure.

Sometimes, you have no right to share your accomplishments in proprietary work with the community at large or third-party organizations in particular. Try to find a workaround and describe a project from the perspective of your personal input, without dropping names or giving away classified information.

A well-made eLearning portfolio can also be an opportunity to show off your soft skills and personality to potential clients and employers. Don’t hesitate to throw in lively details, or an appropriate story regarding a specific instructional challenge. A personal slant will help you build a rapport with a broad audience and let people see the real author behind the courses.

Instructional Designer Portfolio Checklist

Here are some things you’ll want to make sure to include in your own portfolio:

• Clean design. Although this may not directly define you as an Instructional Designer, the look and feel of the portfolio page makes a crucial impression on your viewers. Elegant imagery and a smart layout will surely earn you a few extra points.
• Content diversity. Make sure you showcase versatile courses ranging widely by content, style, approach, year of publication, etc. Having a diverse portfolio highlights that you have a wide range of instructional design skills that make you well-suited to all types of jobs.
• Clear descriptions. You want to showcase your instructional design process and methodology and guide the viewer from challenges and requirements through the solution and up to business/academic impact.
• Employed tools/software. Don’t forget to mention your favorite eLearning tools, LMS, and authoring software to give the portfolio a professional flavor.
• Project roles and positions. Talk about your specific responsibilities within every project, and accentuate your personal input.
• Confidentiality and IP. Make sure that you’re not breaching any NDAs or confidentiality policies when you share a project in your portfolio. By the same token, protect your own intellectual property from misuse – provide screenshots or safe links rather than original files.
• Academic/business paper samples. Supplement your portfolio with examples of your writing. This can be scripts, papers, publications, etc.
• Personal details. Your mission, interests, and hobbies are an integral part of your professional brand.

Basic Tips for Creating Your eLearning Portfolio

Here are some simple tips to guide you as you create a portfolio:

1. When sharing your experience as an Instructional Designer, focus on the practical value of your activities, as well as your capabilities for problem-solving and executing complex projects from scratch. Go beyond your skills as a course author and throw strategy into the mix, matching employers’ potential needs with your battle-hardened optimization scenarios.
2. A perfect portfolio shows your prime accomplishments and the links between them – not the whole story with all its ups and downs. Choose carefully, and see if the projects on the list still comply with your active skillset.
3. The target audience is another aspect worthy of consideration. You may need to come up with a couple or more portfolios to cater to different verticals. Is this a traditional school project or an eLearning design opportunity that you have in mind? Do you need to highlight your business coaching activities? Factor this in for your portfolio.
4. If you are thinking of a platform for deploying a personal website, try WordPress. It’s a market-tested engine used by millions of people, so you can’t go wrong. WordPress encompasses a host of free and paid plugins for every taste and budget, with decent customization options. Check out this nice guide to building up a WordPress site.
5. Last but not least, always keep it up to date. Make regular updates to the description and review the portfolio based on new experiences, certificates, or challenges. Besides, educational technology evolves all the time, so you don’t want to appear out of touch by mentioning obsolete tools.

Crafting an instructional design portfolio may take up a good deal of time, but it pays off well in the long run, helping you land better jobs and grow your salary.

Mistakes to Avoid When Making Your ID Portfolio

Before we get into the step-by-step process of creating a portfolio, I want to address the stuff that often gets swept under the rug but needs to be front and center – the common blunders in crafting an instructional design portfolio. While some of the best lessons are learned by making mistakes, let me help save you some heartache by talking about some of the most common pitfalls that can turn a rockstar portfolio into a rookie one.

Overloading the Portfolio

The Mistake: Throwing in everything but the kitchen sink. Every project, every course, every tiny interaction you’ve ever designed.

The Fix: Curate, curate, curate! Choose projects that showcase your range, your expertise, and your design philosophy. Your portfolio is your art gallery – let’s keep it sleek, selective, and stunning.

Neglecting User Experience

The Mistake: Getting so wrapped up in showcasing your projects that you forget about the journey you’re taking your viewer on.

The Fix: Design for the viewer. Easy navigation, quick loading times, and a clean, intuitive layout are key. Make sure they can glide through your portfolio with zero friction and 100% immersion in your work.

Failing to Demonstrate Expertise

The Mistake: Showcasing final products without peeling back the curtain on your process, your role, and your impact.

The Fix: For each project, weave a narrative. What was the challenge? How did you tackle it? What was your role, and what were the results? Show them the wizard behind the curtain, revealing not just the what, but the how and why.

Ignoring Visual Appeal

The Mistake: Underestimating the power of aesthetics, resulting in a portfolio that might be rich in content but lacks in visual charm.

The Fix: Your portfolio is a visual representation of you. Employ a cohesive color scheme, use high-quality images, and ensure that every visual element aligns with your personal brand. Make it a feast for the eyes, not just the mind.

5 Steps for Creating Your Own Instructional Design Portfolio

Your portfolio website is the most crucial project you’ll work on. It’s your first impression, and it can determine whether potential clients or employers stay to look at your projects or leave your site. Your site needs to be outstanding, engaging, and unforgettable to succeed.

There are a lot of ready-to-go website constructors like Wix and Weebly. However, I do not recommend you use them, because they will limit your capabilities. The problem is that you cannot embed your online courses into the website via HTML5 using such constructors, and there is no point in your portfolio without “live” samples.

So what can you do?

I recommend building your portfolio with WordPress – the full-powered CMS (Content Management System).

One of WordPress’ greatest strengths is that it is easy to use and doesn’t require prior training to set it up.

You can easily add your HTML5 code to embed your courses via WordPress plug-ins. Your website with WordPress is based on your hosting, so you don’t need any other payments to maintain your website. By the way, my blog is also built on WordPress.

Here are the steps to create a great portfolio website using WordPress:

1. Create a domain. A domain is your website name, so choose it wisely. It is better (and simpler) to use your real name as the domain.
2. Choose the right hosting. You need hosting to store data on your website, so it is an essential part of your portfolio site. As for me, I highly recommend Bluehost. You can easily check your domain name on their website. You don’t even need to link a domain and hosting manually – Bluehost takes care of it for you.
3. Perform a one-click WordPress setup on your website. Again, Bluehost makes installing and setting up WordPress super fast and easy.
4. Select a WordPress theme. It will define what your website will look like. You can use free themes or make your custom theme on your own but this is a time-consuming process. Choose one of the beautiful and not quite expensive ready-made themes that WordPress offers. A portfolio website should have a modern and stylish look, so choose the right theme that works best for you. Click here to select the ready-to-go theme.
5. Install and activate a plug-in for embedding your course to your portfolio website.  A good course plugin will feature an easy-to-use interface for managing and embedding your course content within minutes. See the guide on how to do this here.

Now all that’s left is adding your courses, their descriptions, and your bio. Well, now you are all set. Congrats!

Remember, a strong portfolio website can go a long way toward promoting your skills and expertise to potential clients or hiring managers. By showcasing your best work, you can demonstrate your ability to produce high-quality results for their organization. When they see your portfolio, it should inspire them to hire you for their team.

Get the Training You Need to Take Your Instructional Design Career to the Next Level

Unlock your full potential in instructional design with the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program from Emeritus.

Gain comprehensive knowledge ranging from instructional design basics to popular theories and practical implementation strategies for online learning environments.

Whether you’re looking to start a new career in the field or just take your skills to new heights, this course is perfect for you.

Join now to take the first step toward becoming an expert in instructional design!

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Final Thoughts

I’m looking forward to your nominees for the ‘truly outstanding portfolio’ award. Found a great sample? Give me a shout in the comments, and I’ll add it to the list!

If you are on the list of award-winning portfolio authors, feel free to embed this badge on your website! To do so, just copy and paste this code in an HTML editor:

<a href="https://myelearningworld.com/instructional-design-portfolio-samples/">
<img src="https://myelearningworld.com/gold-badge.png" style="max-width: 100%;"/>
</a>

Have an interview coming up for an instructional designer job? Make sure to check out our guide to the most common instructional design interview questions.

The post 24 Model Examples of an Instructional Design Portfolio (2024 Update) appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

As someone who’s been working in the field for nearly 20 years, I’ve seen firsthand how demand and pay for ID pros has risen over time. Below, I’ll detail the average base salary, average total compensation, and other details for instructional designers in 2024.

How Much Do Instructional Designers Make?

Indeed reports that the average base salary for an instructional designer in America in 2024 is $70,656 plus a $3,000 annual bonus in some cases.

Indeed found the highest salary for instructional designers in Seattle, Washington ($75,147) followed by Denver, Colorado ($72,535), and Chicago, Illinois ($70,621).

Zip Recruiter puts the average salary for an instructional designer higher at $81,290 noting that salaries range from the low of $39,500 to the high of $133,000. The lower quarter percentile group earns an average of $62,000 annually. The higher quadrille group earns an average of $93,500 per year. This works out to be $5,167 to $7,792 per month.

Salary.com reports instructional designers make $55,883 to $70,783 with the median base salary being $62,213.

All in all, instructional designer salaries have remained fairly stable over the last few years based on my ongoing monitoring and analysis.

10 States Where Instructional Designers Earn the Most Money

Here is the list of the median salaries for instructional designers in the top 10 states/territories, showing the highest paid positions as reported by Salary.com:

1. Alaska: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $85,390
2. California: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $85,090
3. Washington, DC: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $84,690
4. New Jersey: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $84,190
5. Massachusetts: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $82,890
6. Connecticut: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $82,390
7. New York: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $81,690
8. Washington (state): Median Instructional Designer Salary: $81,390
9. Rhode Island: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $80,290
10. Delaware: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $79,990

10 States Where Instructional Designers Earn the Least Money

Here is the list of the median salaries for instructional designers, found in the lowest-paying 10 states/territories as reported by Salary.com with the lowest salary of all states shown last:

1. Arkansas: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $70,290
2. Arizona: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $70,290
3. Nebraska: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $69,890
4. New Mexico: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $69,590
5. Tennessee: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $69,190
6. Montana: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $69,090
7. Wyoming: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $67,790
8. West Virginia: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $67,490
9. Mississippi: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $66,290
10. South Dakota: Median Instructional Designer Salary: $65,190

There is about a $20,000 difference in annual pay when working as an instructional designer in the lowest-paying state of South Dakota ($65,190) as compared to the highest-paying state of Alaska ($85,390). Alaska also has a nice annual dividend benefit from the Alaska Permanent Fund that pays each of its residents $2,000 per year.

Careers for Instructional Designers

Under the general category of an instructional designer, there are specialty positions that are tailored for different levels and skills. They are training specialists, instructional learning analyst, eLearning instructional designer, curriculum designer, and project manager. Let’s compare them.

Training Specialist

The typical salary for a training specialist is $55,422 according to Payscale.com.

The top five states with the highest salaries for a training specialist are:

1. Washington: The average salary is $64,844.
2. New York: The typical salary is $64,290.
3. Texas: The average salary is $59,302.
4. Georgia: The typical salary is $58,193.
5. Illinois: The average salary is $57,639.

In this position, you will design and create the training materials needed by various groups. You will also usually be called upon to use these same materials to teach the programs. The teaching may be done in-person or remotely through online group live streams and using a virtual educational system to connect with students and follow their progress.

This job position is usually part of the human resources department. In a corporate environment, you will work to assist in training new employees, and in the continuing education of existing employees.

Instructional Learning Analyst

The typical salary for an instructional learning analyst is $57,208.

The top five states with the highest salaries for an instructional learning analyst are:

1. Washington: The average salary is $66,933.
2. New York: The average pay is $66,361.
3. Texas: The typical salary is $61,213.
4. Georgia: The average salary is $60,068.
5. Illinois: The average pay is $59,496.

An instructional learning analyst uses technological advancements and data mining to understand how people absorb new information and retain it for practical use. Insights from the analysis and research support efforts in this field to design the most impactful learning modalities that incorporate real-world information in the teaching methods.

This is not academic efforts for just research purposes. Instead, these practical investigations help make the lessons more useful in a practical sense to increase job performance and improve productivity.

eLearning Instructional Designer

The national average salary for an eLearning instructional designer is $62,424.

The top five states/territories with the highest salaries for an eLearning instructional designer are:

1. Washington, DC: The average salary is $72,412.
2. New York: The average salary is $71,788.
3. Washington: The average salary is $69,915.
4. Georgia: The average salary is $66,794.
5. Illinois: The average salary is $53,048.

The focus of an eLearning instructional designer is on developing dynamic online educational systems that are effective and make the best use of many media formats. An eLearning instructional designer must stay up-to-date on all the online delivery platforms (such as Blackboard, Canvas, and Zoom) and how to use them to deliver the online educational programs effectively. It is critical to have a clear understanding of the differences between in-person classes and online teaching to be able to manage the limitations created by online experiences.

Curriculum Designer

The national average annual salary for a curriculum designer is $75,303.

The top five states/territories with the highest salaries for a curriculum designer are:

1. Washington, DC: The average salary is $84,693.
2. New York: The average salary is $81,703.
3. Washington: The average salary is $81,323.
4. Illinois: The average salary is $78,203.
5. Texas: The average salary is $74,773.

This special field focuses on creating educational curricula for students in kindergarten to 12th grade. The deliverables required for a curriculum designer include such things as lessons that are targeted to the appropriate age levels, student worksheets, teachers’ guides, standard testing methodologies, and student progress reporting.

Project Manager

The average salary for a project manager in this field is a rewarding $138,218. The pay is so high because this job is very difficult and requires a senior executive with more than five years of experience in project management.

The top five states/territories with the highest salaries for a project manager are:

1. California: The average salary is $172,772.
2. New York: The average salary is $166,276.
3. Massachusetts: The average salary is $155,771.
4. Washington, DC: The average salary is $153,837.
5. Illinois: The average salary is $146,649.

A project manager who focuses on informational design projects is usually in a senior administrative position. In this position, you will supervise a large team of instructional designers and have bottom-line responsibility to make sure the project is delivered on time, on budget, and meets the specifications required.

The instruction design team may have a wide variety of professionals with specific expertise in media, content creation, and interface design. The project manager defines the instructional design project, creates a development plan, set the timeline, and the work schedule for it.

A dedicated project manager needs to be able to keep the team organized and manage the workflow to keep the project on schedule. To be able to perform successfully and meet the staged project deadlines, a project manager must have high-level technical competence, excellent problem-solving skills, people skills, and be flexible in the face of unexpected challenges.

For those who advance in a career as an instructional designer and who are good at managing people, this can lead to a project manager position after sufficient years of experience with associated work success. Candidates earn consideration for these positions by taking on increasing development team management responsibilities.

The instructional design career path offers a number of possibilities for those with the right skills.

For a closer look at how to become an instructional designer check out this article.

Ready for a Career Upgrade?

Instructional designers must be qualified to be hired for this position.

The minimum qualification includes a certification from a recognized school or online institution. The instructional design certification is the equivalent of a master’s degree.

Most positions require at least 2 years of experience as an educator before being qualified to advance to the level of an instructional designer. Those who have 4-5 years of experience command the highest salaries.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

If you need to get training, there are plenty of courses you can take online from subject matter experts, including the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program from Emeritus. In just 5 months, this online class gives you all the training you need to earn a certificate and launch your career as an instructional designer. This s immersive program provides students with an in-depth study of the foundations of instructional design and cutting-edge approaches used today in the learning design field.

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Once you’ve gotten certified and start looking for jobs, you’ll also want to create an instructional design portfolio, which you can easily do with a website builder like Squarespace.

Check out our video with some great ID portfolio examples and tips below:

Useful Resources

• What is instructional design?
• What Do Instructional Designers Do?
• 7 Steps To Become An Instructional Designer
• FAQ: How to Be a Freelance Instructional Designer
• Is Instructional Design the Right Career?
• How to create the perfect instructional designer resume

A Final Word on Instructional Designer Salaries

The demand for qualified and certified professional instructional designers is increasing which means even entry level instructional designers can earn a great salary.

If you’re thinking about trying to get the training you need to pursue this career path, then, check out my list of the best instructional design courses to get the training and certifications you need.

If you are hunting for a job in this sector and you are willing to relocate, then, you can expand your search to include the highest paying cities and states. Just remember to factor in the cost of living when you make your decision.

Many states with high-paying jobs also have a modest cost of living so you will do extremely well financially if you move there and work as an instructional designer.

Often, you can even get a moving allowance to help pay for your costs to move as well.

Looking forward to your success!

Have any questions about instructional designer salaries? Let us know by commenting below.

The post What’s the Typical Instructional Designer Salary? (2024 Figures) appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

As someone who’s been working in instructional design for nearly 20 years, I’m going to answer all of the following questions in depth in this guide:

• What is instructional design?
• What do instructional designers create and do?
• What are the components of instructional design?
• What are the different instructional design models?
• Why is instructional design important in education?

What is Instructional Design?

Instructional design, or instructional system design (ISD), is the process of creating learning experiences in such a way that knowledge and skills are acquired and applied. The process involves assessing needs, devising a method, developing materials, and evaluating their usefulness.

Or as I like to explain it more simply when someone asks me, instructional design is the construction of instructional materials, modules, or lessons.

Instructional designers use academic theories and models of individuals’ learning and the cognitive processes that underpin the learning experience. These approaches ensure that instruction is as efficient as possible when transmitting knowledge or teaching skills to students.

To assure the quality of instruction, the instructional design process includes:

• Evaluating the specific needs of the students
• Establishing the outcome goals and key objectives of the training
• Developing and arranging assessment tasks
• Constructing teaching and learning activities

Some examples of instructional design models include ADDIE (Analysis, Design, Development, Implementation, and Evaluation), The Kirkpatrick Model, Bloom’s Taxonomy, ASSURE, and Situated Learning Theory.

What are the Components of Instructional Design?

While many different instructional design methods and procedures exist, many elements are the same. They include analysis, design, development, and evaluation.

1. Analysis

The parameters for building a course vary for different groups of learners. Adults, for example, are always interested in why they should learn anything and like to be self-directed. As a result, it’s critical to keep this in mind while creating a course for adults.

Similarly, I’ve found that building online courses for children differs greatly from designing training programs for adults because children rely on explanation.

2. Design

The student should properly appraise themselves by the end of the course. So how you design performance, conditions, and specified criteria should help them achieve the goal.

Well-defined objectives help the instructor select appropriate material, methods, media, and assessments.

3. Development

After the first two elements, the most crucial aspect is developing your material. It should contain a pre-planned exercise, a presentation, assessments, and comments from the students. Effective instructional materials should include easy-to-follow lessons, multimedia elements, and activities that help the student to understand and remember the content.

Learners are more likely to enroll in a course if knowledge is broken down into tiny, easy-to-understand chunks.

4. Evaluation

You can use a pre-test or one of the formative or summative evaluation criteria to determine whether the learner has grasped the material.

At the end of the course, learners should be assessed and given timely feedback to understand their knowledge levels.

It will help them determine whether or not to enroll in additional training courses to improve their abilities.

Instructional Design Models

To fulfill instructional goals, an instructional design model gives principles for organizing acceptable educative scenarios to accomplish instructional goals. Such models include ADDIE, Kirkpatrick, Bloom’s Taxonomy, and ASSURE.

Let’s look at some popular instructional design models.

The ADDIE Model

The ADDIE model is specifically created to enhance teaching with technology resources. It is presently employed in various instructional design procedures for e-learning.

It began in the mid-1970s as a military training project (USA) at the University of Florida (USA). However, it has expanded and adapted over time to meet current demands and is still very commonly used by instructional designers.

Its name is an abbreviation for the several stages of the process. As shown below, the scope is broad and flexible enough to meet any unique requirement:

Analysis Phase

During this phase, the designer’s focus is on the students to create a program that matches each student’s or participant’s degree of competence and intelligence. The analysis phase guarantees that what they already know is not repeated.

Instead, the focus is on topics and lessons that pupils have yet to investigate and learn. Instructors discriminate between what students already know and what they should know after finishing the course during this phase.

Design Phase

How will you present the course? This is when you put together the structural framework that will form the program you’re working on.

It entails having clear ideas on the strategy, approach, and path forward, as well as the deadlines to reach each goal and the resources to use.

Development Phase

This phase entails getting down to business and creating the course content and training materials. In the development stage, you prepare the content to be used and adapt it to the possibilities afforded by e-learning education once you decide on the style and manner you want to impart specific knowledge.

Implementation Phase

Once you established the goal, the path has been clearly outlined, and you can launch the course on your learning management system. It’s important to remember that all previous work has been done to ensure that this phase runs smoothly.

However, it is also critical that the method of instruction be in perfect alignment with the previously stated methodology and the tools employed.

Evaluation Phase

It is the final step where you will assess the effectiveness of the entire instructional design process. It comprises forms for students to appraise the applicability of the program they followed and the work of the e-learning teacher when putting it into practice.

The Kirkpatrick Model

The Kirkpatrick Methodology uses four tiers of criteria to measure aptitude, considering any type of training, whether informal or official.

This model was created by Dr. Donald Kirkpatrick (1924–2014) in the 1950s. The model can be used before, during, and after training to demonstrate the value of training to It is divided into four levels:

1. Reaction

This level aims to assess how people respond to the training model by asking questions that reveal the learners’ thinking.

Questions will determine whether the participant enjoyed their experience and found the program’s content relevant in their career.

2. Learning

This level of evaluation is used to determine how far learners have progressed in terms of competence, knowledge, and mindset.

Compared to level one, this level is significantly more difficult and time-consuming.

3. Transfer

This level examines how the learner’s behavior in class has changed after finishing the program.

Assessing the change allows you to see if the knowledge, mindset, or abilities given in the program are being applied in the learning environment.

4. Results

Level four measures the overall performance of the learning model by measuring elements such as involvement in the classroom and results, which is commonly regarded as the program’s primary purpose.

Bloom’s Taxonomy

Bloom’s Taxonomy is organized in a hierarchy, and like many other theories, it supports the premise that learning is based on existing knowledge and skills.

Each learning outcome must be met before going on to the next level.

• Remembering: entails extracting earlier knowledge from long-term memory and making connections to help with current comprehension.
• Understanding: entails employing ways to infer conclusions from existing data, such as summarizing and analyzing concepts, comparing message meaning, and interpreting both oral and written texts.
• Applying: entails putting the learning approach into action.
• Analyzing: requires breaking down information into valuable components while ensuring that each element is related to the ultimate purpose.
• Critiquing: material based on the learning criteria is part of evaluating.
• Creating: the concepts into a new structure to generate a meaningful thinking pattern.

ASSURE

ASSURE is an instructional design paradigm that aims to improve teaching and learning effectiveness. The abbreviation “ASSURE” stands for the different processes in the model.

Each stage is described in detail below.

A – Analyze Learners

The teacher should assess the characteristics of her students as the first stage in the procedure. There should be an emphasis on student characteristics linked to the targeted learning outcomes.

S – State Standards and Objectives

After analyzing the learner’s characteristics, the teacher must state the learning module’s criteria and objectives. This statement outlines what the students will accomplish due to the instruction.

S – Select Strategies, Technology, Media, and Materials

Given your learning objectives, you’ll need to choose instructional methodologies, technology, and media to help you achieve your goals.

U – Utilize Technology, Media, and Materials

This step in the ASSURE process is devising a strategy for implementing the technology, medium, and content you’ve chosen.

Like the rest of the instructional steps, you must ensure that your plans contribute to achieving the goals you’ve set.

R – Require Learner Participation

This step necessitates that you devise a strategy for actively engaging your students in the content you’re teaching. This needs to be determined at both the class and individual levels.

E – Evaluate and Revise

The final phase in the ASSURE procedure is where you evaluate the impact of your teaching on student learning. This involves reviewing your teaching methods and the technology, media, and resources you employed to make certain the learning objective is being achieved in the most effective manner.

Situated Learning Theory

Situated learning is based on psychology, sociology, cognitive science, and anthropology, among other topics. These learning encounters cannot take place in a vacuum. Situated learning theory highlights the importance of cognitive apprentices learning from experts.

When creating instruction, keep the following in mind:

• The most effective learning happens when learners are given an issue to solve and must think and act like experts.
• Realistic and situation-specific problems are required in learning.
• The instructor is a role model and coach instead of a lecturer.
• They’re also in charge of breaking down knowledge into small parts to help students solve challenges.
• Reflection, discussion, and evaluative thinking must be encouraged in the classroom.
• Even if most of the issues are group activities, students must actively participate in the scenario.
• The information learned through contextual and real-life activities is the “content” of a course, not neat bundles of information delivered by the instructor.

Why is Instructional Design Important in Education?

The goal of instructional design is to specify the fundamental factors that instructors must consider during the development of an educational program. The program will depend on the tools and resources available.

Instructional design is cost-effective

When it comes to establishing the curriculum plan, instructional designers use a thorough approach, zeroing in on the learning requirements that will yield the best results.

As a result, institutions avoid wasting money on training that does not change behavior. The cost of developing these tailored solutions, which are created from the ground up using instructional design principles, is swiftly repaid through effective learning that leads to results.

Instructional design produces measurable results

Instructional designers acquire information on institution objectives and ensure that learning objectives are aligned. It’s a chain reaction that starts at the top with set goals. Because these custom-built, research-backed solutions are designed to engage learners better, they frequently produce the best results.

Other Resources

• How to create an instructional design portfolio
• What is an instructional designer?
• Instructional designer salary guide
• The best instructional design courses online
• Instructional design resume tips
• Common instructional designer interview questions
• Where to find instructional design jobs
• Instructional design job listings
• Instructional design career path
• Instructional design masters programs
• The best instructional design certificate programs
• Top instructional design bootcamps
• How to write an instructional design cover letter

Final Thoughts

Your tool for institutional change is instructional design. You may use it to engage your students, modify their behavior, and change the culture of your classrooms. The days of teaching content that causes student dissatisfaction are long gone.

It’s easier than ever for instructional designers to develop content that learners want to complete, with options ranging from gamification and story to social and microlearning.

If you’re interested in learning more about instructional design or pursuing a career in the field, you should consider enrolling in the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program from Emeritus. This comprehensive course teaches everything from the basics of instructional design to popular instructional design theories and best practices for implementation in an online learning environment.

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

The post What is Instructional Design in Education? Everything You Need to Know appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Making the transition from teacher to instructional designer can be intimidating, but with the right preparation and dedication, it is possible. In fact, the career pivot is probably easier than you might think. As someone who’s been in the ID industry for nearly 20 years, I’ve seen countless teachers seamlessly enter the profession and succeed.

In the guide below, I’ll outline the steps you can take to switch from being a teacher to becoming an instructional designer.

Why Change Careers from Teaching to Instructional Design?

Instructional design is a field that focuses on developing instructional materials and learning activities to support effective teaching and learning. Instructional designers use knowledge of instructional theory, technology, and best practices in order to create engaging, effective learning experiences for students, employees, and other members of the public in a range of settings from academic to corporate to nonprofits and more.

As a teacher, you may find yourself looking for new ways to impact education and a switch to instructional design might just be the opportunity you’ve been searching for.

With a focus on creating and implementing effective educational materials and experiences, instructional design offers a unique opportunity to influence the way students learn and retain information.

Another thing I love about this role is how it also allows for creativity and innovation, offering the ability to design lessons that are engaging and interactive.

Additionally, instructional designers have the opportunity to work with a variety of industries and subject matter, providing a chance to expand your knowledge and skill set.

Plus, with the growing need for remote learning opportunities, instructional designers are in high demand, providing an exciting and stable career path for educators looking to make a change.

And of course, the instructional designer salary potential is definitely attractive when compared to teaching.

All in all, if you’re looking for a career that combines your passion for education with ample opportunities for personal and professional growth, instructional design might just be the perfect fit.

Why Teachers Make Good Instructional Designers

Teachers have a unique set of skills that make them valuable in many fields outside of the traditional classroom setting, especially instructional design. They have the unique ability to analyze, plan, and deliver effective lessons to students on a daily basis.

With a deep understanding of how to spur students’ interest and help them understand complex topics, I’ve found that teachers are a natural fit for instructional design.

They know how to tailor their materials to meet the needs of their students while keeping them engaged and motivated.

Additionally, teachers have honed their organizational skills, ensuring their lesson plans are well-structured and their materials are easy to access.

Overall, teachers have excellent organizational skills, the ability to communicate complex ideas clearly, and a natural inclination toward creative problem-solving. Given these traits, teachers can easily transfer their skills into the realm of instructional design, and become highly effective designers in their own right.

How to Transition from Teaching to Instructional Design

If you’re ready to start transitioning into the field of instructional design, there are some important steps you’ll need to take.

Get the right training

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

The first step to transitioning from teaching to instructional design is to complete an ID certificate program or specialized degree program.

This will provide you with a foundation in the basics of designing educational materials as well as a chance to gain hands-on experience.

If you’re thinking about switching from teaching to instructional design, look no further than Emeritus and their Professional Certificate in Instructional Design.

This fully online program offers everything you need to earn a certificate and launch your career in this exciting field.

With knowledgeable instructors covering industry-relevant topics, you’ll gain invaluable insights into analytics and methodologies that will help you create impactful learning solutions for your students or colleagues.

This immersive 5-month program offers a deep dive into both the foundations and cutting-edge approaches of the learning design field, ensuring that you graduate with the skills and knowledge necessary to succeed in your new career.

You can kickstart your journey toward a fulfilling and rewarding career today with Emeritus.

Click here to learn more about the program and request a free brochure.

Find your area of focus

Instructional designers can work in a range of sectors, including corporate, education, healthcare, and government. They can also specialize in certain areas of the process, like content creation, planning, UX design, or technical development.

As a teacher, you may already have a good idea of the sector and area that interests you most. Take some time to research these different areas further and determine which option best suits your strengths and preferences.

It’s important to think about your strengths and interests when deciding which sector you want to specialize in.

You may want to focus on designing materials for the corporate world or developing educational content for K-12 or higher ed institutions.

Whatever area you decide to focus on, you’ll need to have a passion for learning and teaching, as well as an aptitude for technical skills.

Polish your resume

Once you’ve earned a certification or degree in instructional design, it’s time to update your resume.

As a former teacher, your instructional designer resume can really shine.

Highlight your related experience, such as classroom management techniques, lesson plan development, and any relevant projects you’ve completed.

In addition to traditional teaching experience, include any volunteer work or outside activities that showcase your ability to design and deliver effective instructional materials.

It’s also a good idea to create an instructional design portfolio online that you can link to in your resume and include samples of your work.

This will demonstrate your creativity and show potential employers that you bring a unique perspective to the field of instructional design.

Start networking

Networking is an important part of any career transition, so be sure to take full advantage of the contacts and networks you’ve built up over the years as a teacher. A lot of people I’ve come across in instructional design tend to overlook this.

Reach out to colleagues, former students, and other professionals in your field who can provide guidance and advice on how to make the switch from teaching to instructional design.

You’ll also want to start building relationships with employers in the ID field.

Attend industry events, join professional organizations, and connect with recruiters to start networking in the instructional design space.

These connections will be invaluable as you look for available positions or freelance opportunities.

Apply to Relevant Jobs

The field of instructional design is growing rapidly, and there are lots of job opportunities out there.

Be sure to apply to all applicable positions that you find online or are referred to by your contacts in the industry. There are lots of instructional design adjacent jobs out there, so be on the lookout for listings for more than just ID positions. Job listings for curriculum designers, learning and development specialists, and similar positions may also be worth applying to.

When interviewing for an instructional design position, don’t hesitate to share examples of past teaching experiences and relevant projects you’ve completed.

Highlight how your background as a teacher will enable you to make a successful transition into instructional design.

Final Thoughts

If you’re a teacher exploring new career possibilities, the field of instructional design is definitely worth a look. It’s a great way to use your knowledge and experience to design effective learning solutions for any audience.

With the right preparation and dedication, you can make a successful transition from teaching to instructional design and pursue an exciting new career in the field.

Have any questions about making the switch from being a teacher to becoming an instructional designer? Share them by leaving a comment below.

The post How to Make the Transition from Teacher to Instructional Designer appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Employers in a range of industries — not just instructional design — have started to accept bootcamps as a valid means of training. In fact, a recent report from the University of New Hampshire found that 80% of hiring managers surveyed in the tech industry have offered jobs to bootcamp students within their company, and 99.8% would do it again.

I’m a living, breathing testament to the power of instructional design bootcamps. Ever since the rise of eLearning technology caught my attention some 20 years ago, I’ve taken countless online bootcamps, courses, webinars, and other virtual training programs to gain knowledge and experience in the field. And it hasn’t slowed down my success in the field one bit.

From teaching you essential foundational instructional design principles to covering the latest technological breakthroughs, bootcamps are a great way to get the training you need on a short timeline.

I’ve put together this list of the best instructional design bootcamps online with picks from Emeritus, Devlin Peck,  and more. I’ve taken into consideration factors like program length and cost, curriculum depth, student feedback, and instructor qualifications when ranking these programs (click here to learn about our entire Editorial Process & Methodology for product reviews).

What are the Best Instructional Design Bootcamps Online?

Here are our picks for the top ID bootcamps worth enrolling in right now…

1. Professional Certificate in Instructional Design (Emeritus)

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Price

$3,500 total (early-bird discounts may be available at certain times during enrollment; flexible payment options also available)

Duration

5 months

Pros

• Details, current instructional design training gets you career-ready fast
• This course is very new and is totally up to date with lessons on the latest technology, tools, and instructional design methods
• Hands-on, interactive instruction helps students learn more effectively
• Cohort-style learning lets you connect with other students for feedback and networking

Cons

• Class is only offered a few times a year

Overview

Want to build all the skills you need to confidently launch a career in instructional design? The Professional Certificate in Instructional Design from Emeritus is the bootcamp course you’re looking for.

This 5-month intensive program goes deeper than I expected into the foundational principles of instructional design, covering topics like learner engagement, developing content and assessments, recognizing learning objectives, accessibility, and more. It’s impressively comprehensive for such a quick program.

Led by experienced instructors teaching current best practices, you’ll gain an in-depth understanding of instructional design theory and application.

Simply put, I really think this is the most comprehensive ID bootcamp out there, covering all aspects of instructional design in a single program.

You’ll learn along with a cohort of like-minded peers and have access to plenty of support throughout your journey.

Another thing I liked is that at the end of the bootcamp, you get to create a portfolio showcasing your instructional design work that you can share with prospective employers to help you land a job in the field.

This bootcamp is great for teachers and educators who are thinking about transitioning into a career in instructional design, recent graduates and early career ID professionals, human resources/learning development teams at businesses, and anyone else looking to expand their skillset and upskill.

Click here to learn more about the program and request a free brochure.

2. The Instructional Design Bootcamp (Devlin Peck)

Price

$7,400

Duration

5 months

Pros

• Get paired with a bootcamp pro for additional 1-on-1 support
• Bootcamp is led by a full team of seasoned pros
• Great networking opportunities

Cons

• The course is more expensive than others on the list
• Some students have said they feel it focuses too much on eLearning development as opposed to purely instructional design

Overview

This instructional design bootcamp from Devlin Peck promises to “help you transition from burnt-out educator to remote instructional designer” and says their graduates “land corporate instructional design roles where they can work from home and earn, on average, $85k per year.”

Devlin and I have both been blogging in this space for several years now. I love his work and can definitely say he’s the real deal.

His bootcamp is designed to make it easy for aspiring instructional designers to get the skills and knowledge they need to enter the industry while also helping them build portfolios that can help them stand out in the job market.

The 5-month program gives students hands-on experience with the tools used most in instructional design.

One of the things I really like about it is the lectures are presented in short, easy-to-follow videos, rather than long, drawn-out hourlong sessions. This makes it easier for busy professionals to stay on top of the course material.

The bootcamp also offers plenty of support throughout with one-on-one mentorship, feedback, and guidance from instructors who are experts in their fields.

They also provide a money-back guarantee that pledges they’ll offer “a full, 100% refund if you’re not able to land paid instructional design work after completing the bootcamp and applying our feedback.”

3. Instructional Design Bootcamp (24/7 Teach)

Price

$1,865.55 for the short 10-week bootcamp or $6,713.55 for the full 10-month program

Duration

10 weeks or 10 months, depending on the program you choose

Pros

• Offers live 1-on-1 mentorship
• Helps you gain experience by doing real projects
• Comes with a job guarantee

Cons

• The short bootcamp probably isn’t comprehensive enough for those just starting out
• On the pricier side

Overview

Are you ready to kickstart your career as a professional instructional designer? Look no further than this bootcamp!

Through this program, you will gain the innovative skills needed to create engaging and effective learning experiences.

You’ll begin by mastering basic Instructional Design theories and frameworks, then move on to Project-Based Learning strategy and design.

With this foundation, you’ll learn how to analyze learning needs, define solid instructional objectives and goals, and create storyboards for your instructional projects.

From there, you’ll delve into writing effective and engaging content and incorporating interactivity and multimedia elements like graphics and video into your work.

And finally, you’ll learn how to evaluate learning and ensure your projects are making a real impact.

In this exciting and dynamic instructional design bootcamp, you will have the opportunity to collaborate and problem-solve with a team of like-minded individuals.

Together, you will put your heads together to complete learner analyses, develop learning goals and objectives, and devise engaging lesson scenarios using popular instructional design models.

Armed with cutting-edge instructional design tools, you will then set out to design compelling storyboards and formulate assessments and discussion questions that will put your learners to the test.

You will also have the chance to work alongside Subject Matter Experts (SMEs), and get hands-on experience working with a variety of authoring tools and Learning Management Systems (LMS).

And when all is said and done, you’ll walk away with a stunning portfolio of real projects that will serve as a powerful testament to your skills and expertise in the field of instructional design.

4. The eLearning Freelancer Bootcamp (IDOL Courses)

Price

$497 or 3 payments of $185

Duration

8 weeks

Pros

• Great advice for those looking to launch an ID business
• Self-paced study offers flexibility
• Lots of helpful resources

Cons

• The community lacks substance

Overview

This instructional design bootcamp is aimed at those who already have ID skills and are looking to start their own freelance business as an eLearning professional.

Across 8 in-depth modules, you’ll learn how to identify your target audience, price your services, find clients, manage contracts and accounts, provide excellent customer service that drives repeat business and referrals, and more.

Led by 3 experienced eLearning professionals, this bootcamp offers 8 weekly workshops, coaching and mentoring from the instructors, and access to a private community (basically a Facebook Group) where you can connect with other freelancers.

At the end of this bootcamp, you’ll have a comprehensive understanding of how to build and run your own successful eLearning freelance business.

Tips for Choosing the Right Instructional Design Bootcamp for Your Needs

While I’ve presented a short, curated list of what I believe are the top ID bootcamp programs available today, I realize that not everyone is the same. What’s best for one person might not be best for someone else.

To help ensure you enroll in the right bootcamp for your specific needs, consider the following:

• What are your goals? Are you looking to learn instructional design from the ground up? Want to land a corporate job in the field? Or do you already have a handle on instructional design theories and need info on how to build your own business? Understanding your specific goals will help you choose the right bootcamp for you.
• How much time and money can you invest? Different bootcamps require different amounts of commitment in terms of both time and money. Make sure to factor these into your decision-making process before committing to a particular program.
• Are there any prerequisites? Some bootcamps may require you to have prior experience with instructional design before enrolling. This is not the case for all bootcamps, but be sure to check each one’s prerequisites before signing up.
• What type of support do they offer? I highly recommend enrolling in a bootcamp that offers plenty of support throughout, such as one-on-one mentoring and feedback from instructors who are knowledgeable in the field. This can go a long way in helping you get the most out of the program.

Useful Resources

• What is Instructional Design?
• Instructional Designer Job Description
• Instructional Design Masters Programs
• Instructional Design Certificate Programs
• How to Write an Instructional Design Cover Letter
• Instructional Design Career Path & Roadmap
• Common Instructional Designer Interview Questions
• Where to Find Instructional Design Jobs
• Instructional Design Salary Statistics
• Instructional Design Resume Tips
• Instructional Design vs Curriculum Development

Final Thoughts

The right ID bootcamp program can help you quickly gain the skills and knowledge you need to become a successful instructional designer.

Before signing up for any program, however, I can’t stress enough how important it is to assess your own goals and needs as well as the program’s prerequisites and support offerings. While I’m a big proponent of bootcamps, they aren’t for everyone, and they’re not always some magic bullet that’s going to propel you to your dream job just because you worked your way through it. Taking all of these factors into consideration will help ensure that you get the most out of your investment in the bootcamp.

By learning from experienced instructors and collaborating with a team of like-minded professionals, you can build a strong foundation for your instructional design career.

Have any questions about our guide to the best instructional design bootcamps online? Let us know by commenting below.

The post The Best Instructional Design Bootcamps Online (2023 Rankings) appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

As someone who’s worked in the industry for nearly 20 years, I can tell you an instructional design career path can go in a lot of different directions. From working in academia to designing corporate training programs, the possibilities are endless. In fact, a current search for instructional design jobs on Indeed finds nearly 10,000 open positions of all types. It’s important to understand your skills, interests, and goals so you can decide which direction is right for you.

In the guide below, I’ll take a look at some of the different career paths and pivots an instructional designer can take and discuss some practical tips to help you reach your goals.

What Sectors Can Instructional Designers Work In?

As an instructional designer, you have the opportunity to work in a variety of sectors, such as:

• Education: Instructional design is often used in education settings to create courses and curriculums for schools, universities, and other learning institutions.
• Corporate Training: Many organizations use instructional design to create training programs for their employees.
• Government: Instructional designers are sought-after in the government sector, where they develop courses and training materials for public servants.
• Nonprofits & Charities: Instructional designers can help nonprofits and charities spread awareness by creating content that expands knowledge or promotes certain causes.
• Medical: Instructional designers are increasingly being used in the medical industry to create things like training modules for healthcare professionals.
• Technology: Instructional design can be used to create technical documents, software tutorials, and other materials related to technology products and services.
• Public Speaking & Consulting: As an instructional designer, you may also have the opportunity to speak at conferences or offer consulting services in your field of expertise.

The type of work you might be tasked with as an instructional designer can vary greatly depending on the organization you work for.

One aspect that plays a big role in dictating your responsibilities is the mission and purpose of the organization. For instance, if you are working in a corporate environment, you may find yourself working on training programs aimed at improving employee performance or growing sales.

On the other hand, if you are working in a university setting, you may be tasked with creating courses and curriculums that help students learn more effectively. This will likely involve collaborating with faculty members to enhance their curriculum, whether it be for classroom or remote learning.

Job Opportunities for Instructional Designers

Now that you have an idea of the different industries you can work in as an instructional designer, let’s take a look at some of the specific types of jobs you can pursue.

• Instructional Designer: An instructional designer oversees the entire design process from conception to implementation. This may involve conducting needs analysis, designing course materials, and developing assessments.
• Course Developer: A course developer is responsible for designing, creating, and delivering educational content in a variety of formats. This may involve developing online courses, creating video tutorials, or writing technical documents.
• eLearning Curriculum Developer: A curriculum developer works with faculty members to create eLearning course curriculums. This may involve designing lesson plans, selecting resources, and developing assessment materials.
• Distance Educational Specialist: A distance education specialist typically works with other university staff members in the development, implementation, and maintenance of the institution’s online learning programs.
• Instructional Technology Specialist: An instructional technology specialist helps organizations develop and implement learning technologies to improve performance and efficiency. They must have an understanding of the organization’s mission and purpose, as well as the ability to create solutions that help them reach their goals.
• Instructional Systems Designer: An instructional systems designer is responsible for designing instructional materials and programs to meet the needs of learners. This may involve developing courses, creating learning activities, or providing instructional support.
• Training & Development Manager: A training and development manager is responsible for creating and managing training programs in an organization. This may involve developing courses, writing job aids, or providing technical support to staff members.
• Learning Experience Designer: A learning experience designer is responsible for creating interactive learning experiences that engage and motivate learners. They must have the ability to create engaging content, utilize multimedia technologies, and apply best practices in instructional design.
• Learning & Development Specialist: A learning and development specialist assists organizations in creating and executing training programs with the goal of enhancing employee productivity and efficiency. The specialist’s responsibilities include identifying training needs, creating training programs, preparing teaching materials, providing training sessions, and assessing training program results.
• Project Manager: As a project manager, you will be responsible for overseeing the instructional design process. This may involve managing budgets, timelines, and personnel in order to ensure that projects are on track and meeting goals.
• Chief Learning Officer: A chief learning officer is responsible for leading the organization’s strategic efforts in education and training. They must be able to create effective learning strategies, manage resources, and develop innovative solutions.

These are just a few of the many job opportunities available to instructional designers. As the demand for educational content continues to grow, so does the need for talented professionals who can create and deliver engaging instruction. With the right skills and qualifications, instructional designers can make a meaningful contribution to any organization in a variety of ways.

Moving Ahead in Your Instructional Design Career Path

If you’re looking to progress in your instructional design career, there are a few steps you can take to stand out from the crowd.

Gain New Skills

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

First, focus on continuing your education and developing your ID skills. Consider taking courses or workshops related to instructional design, as well as learning about new technologies that can make instruction more engaging and effective.

For instructional designers, keeping up with emerging educational technologies and techniques is essential for staying relevant. Over the 20 years I’ve been in the industry, I’ve seen how things evolve over time. What was relevant a few years ago may no longer be relevant today.

Fortunately, Emeritus’ Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program offers a comprehensive solution for those looking to build their skills and progress in their field.

With a curriculum designed to meet the unique needs of instructional designers, this program provides students with cutting-edge insights and practical hands-on experience. Whether you’re a seasoned professional or just starting out in the field, Emeritus’ Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program has everything you need to take your career to the next level.

In just five months, you’ll learn foundational theories, best practices, and practical tips for designing better eLearning experiences.

Click here to learn more about the program and request a free brochure.

Build Your Network

Another way to progress in your instructional design career is to build a strong professional network.

I’ve found that joining industry organizations, attending conferences and events, and connecting with colleagues can help you stay up-to-date on new trends and developments in the field.

Additionally, networking can open the doors to new opportunities for advancement.

By connecting with professionals who are further along in their careers, you can get advice and gain valuable insight into the hiring process.

Create a Portfolio

Don’t forget to share your accomplishments and show off your skills by publishing an instructional design portfolio online. I’m constantly preaching the importance of having a good portfolio to my fellow instructional designers.

Create a portfolio website that showcases your work or make sure to include relevant projects on your resume. This will help demonstrate to potential employers that you have the knowledge and experience necessary to create engaging instruction.

Practice Effective Communication

Develop strong communication skills, both verbal and written, to interact effectively with stakeholders, clients, and learners. This includes being able to explain complex concepts in a clear and concise manner.

Have a Clear Career Goal in Mind

Finally, it’s important to have a clear goal in mind when it comes to your instructional design career.

Do you want to move up in the current organization or look for opportunities outside? Do you plan on specializing in a particular field of instructional design or focus on continuing education?

Having a plan – and the dedication to carry it out – will help you create and follow the ideal instructional design career path for your goals.

Useful Resources

• Instructional Designer Job Description
• Instructional Design Masters Programs
• Instructional Design Certificate Programs
• Instructional Design Bootcamps
• How to Write an Instructional Design Cover Letter
• Instructional Design Career Path & Roadmap
• Common Instructional Designer Interview Questions
• Where to Find Instructional Design Jobs
• Instructional Design Salary Statistics
• Instructional Design Resume Tips

The Bottom Line

Instructional design is a growing field that offers numerous opportunities for professionals to make an impact.

Whether you’re looking for a new job or want to progress in your existing role, following the tips outlined above can help take your career path to the next level.

With the right skills and qualifications, instructional designers can make a fantastic living in a number of different industries.

So, take the time to develop your skills and create a plan for success – and you’ll be sure to find success in the field of instructional design.

Have any questions about this guide to the instructional design career path? Let me know by commenting below.

The post Instructional Design Career Path & Roadmap: Everything You Need to Know appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Simply put, an instructional designer is a professional who specializes in creating, designing, and structuring educational content and experiences, often using principles of learning theory and technology to enhance teaching and learning outcomes.

In the guide below, I’ll explain in more depth what an instructional designer is, what they typically do on a daily basis, who they work for and with, and more.

What is an Instructional Designer?

An instructional designer, also called an eLearning designer, is a professional responsible for designing educational content and experiences that are intended to improve the performance of individuals in particular tasks. Instructional designers bring together principles of design, instruction theory, and technology to create effective learning materials.

They use their knowledge of learning theories and instructional design principles to create engaging educational content and activities.

Instructional designers work collaboratively with subject matter experts, instructional technologists, and project managers to ensure that their designs meet the learning objectives and needs of the target audience.

They are skilled in using various technologies and multimedia tools to enhance the learning experience, and they continuously evaluate and revise their designs to improve the quality and effectiveness of their instructional materials. Overall, instructional designers play a crucial role in the education and training of individuals and teams, and they are dedicated to promoting continuous learning and growth in various fields.

Instructional Designer Job Duties

The daily responsibilities of an instructional designer are numerous and include:

• Analyzing the current performance level and learning needs of the target audience
• Developing instructional objectives and assessments to evaluate content efficacy
• Designing engaging learning materials, activities, and resources using various multimedia tools
• Creating interactive media elements such as simulations, games, quizzes, and videos
• Integrating instructional design principles into all aspects of the learning experience
• Collaborating with subject matter experts to ensure content accuracy and relevancy
• Testing and revising instructional material as needed
• Providing feedback on created materials
• Taking user feedback to improve learning programs
• Implementing user-centered design processes such as usability testing
• Monitoring student engagement levels throughout the course
• Managing online learning communities
• Working with other key stakeholders to ensure training programs are meeting organizational goals and objectives
• Training others to deliver learning programs

Key Tools Used by Instructional Designers

As an instructional designer, we use a range of technology-based tools to create and deliver effective educational materials. These can include:

• Learning Management Systems (LMS) – used to organize and manage course content, assignments, tests, quizzes, etc.
• Software such as Photoshop and Adobe Creative Suite – used to design visuals for the learning material
• Video Editing Software – used to create videos and other multimedia materials
• Authoring Tools – used to create interactive activities such as simulations, games, and quizzes
• Analytics tools – used to track and analyze user engagement with the material

Who Does the Instructional Designer Report To?

I’ve worked on a number of instructional design jobs over the years, and the person I’ve reported to for each project sometimes varies.

The instructional designer typically reports to a Learning & Development Manager or Training Supervisor, depending on the size of the organization.

In smaller companies, they may report directly to the CEO or COO. In larger organizations, they often report up through several tiers of management.

They also work closely with subject matter experts and instructional technologists throughout the design process.

The instructional designer acts as the bridge between these stakeholders, ensuring that all components of the training program are properly integrated and working together towards the desired outcomes.

Additionally, they may also work with other departments such as marketing, customer service, or IT to ensure that learning programs align with organizational goals and objectives.

Simply put, the instructional designer’s primary responsibility is to create effective and engaging learning materials that are tailored to meet the needs of the target audience.

Other Resources

• How to create an instructional design portfolio
• Instructional designer salary guide
• The best instructional design courses online
• Instructional design resume tips
• Common instructional designer interview questions
• Where to find instructional design jobs
• Instructional design job listings
• Instructional design career path
• Instructional design masters programs
• Top instructional design bootcamps
• How to write an instructional design cover letter
• Instructional design vs curriculum development

Thinking About Pursuing a Career in Instructional Design?

Now that you know what an instructional designer is and what the job entails, you might be interested in pursuing a career in the field.

Your best bet to get started is to enroll in an online certification program that will give you all the training you need to become an expert in instructional design.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

The Professional Certificate in Instructional Design from Emeritus is the gold standard when it comes to online ID certificate programs.

In only 5 months, you’ll learn the fundamentals of ID, including how to set learning objectives and create engaging digital content.

This program offers in-depth instruction on the latest methodologies and analytics to help you craft effective learning solutions for your intended audience. Under the guidance of industry professionals, you’ll gain the knowledge and skills needed to succeed as an instructional designer in today’s fast-paced job market.

In fact, 94% of Emeritus students report a positive impact on their professional development after taking a course on the platform.

Click here to learn more about the program and request a free brochure.

Have any more questions about what an instructional designer is or what they do? Comment below and I’ll help you out.

The post What is an Instructional Designer? Job Description & Duties appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

In this article, I’m going to lay out an in-depth guide for creating eLearning videos that go beyond merely conveying information. You’ll learn how to create eLearning videos that resonate deeply with your audience, fostering a genuine connection and a thirst for knowledge.

Whether you’re a seasoned instructional designer, someone looking to create an online course, or just starting out in eLearning, I’m confident that you’ll find nuggets of wisdom and practical advice you can start putting into practice immediately.

Guidelines for Making Better eLearning Videos

1. Plan and Prepare Thoughtfully

When starting a new eLearning video project, the first step is always about setting clear objectives. Defining what you want your learners to take away from the video is like charting the course of your entire project.

• Identify Learning Objectives: Start by asking yourself, “What should learners be able to do or know after watching this video?” Be specific and ensure your objectives are measurable. For example, “Learners will be able to identify and troubleshoot common software issues.”
• Consider Prerequisites: Think about any prior knowledge or skills your learners should have before diving into your video. If necessary, provide resources or links to prerequisite content.
• Create an Outline: Once you’ve established your learning objectives, create an outline for your video. This serves as a roadmap for your content, helping you organize your thoughts and structure the video effectively.
• Define Success Metrics: Decide how you will measure the video’s success. This could include tracking completion rates, quiz scores, or post-video surveys to gather feedback.

2. Understand Your Audience

Knowing your audience inside out is paramount for creating eLearning videos that resonate with them.

• Create Learner Personas: Develop learner personas, which are fictional profiles of your typical audience members. Consider factors such as their age, background, job roles, and prior knowledge.
• Identify Learning Styles: Different learners have different preferences when it comes to how they absorb information. Some may be visual learners, while others prefer text or hands-on activities. Tailor your content to accommodate various learning styles.
• Adapt to Diverse Audiences: If your audience is diverse, consider creating multiple versions or supplementary materials to cater to different learner needs.

3. Craft Compelling Content

Scripting is the backbone of my eLearning videos. Writing a clear, engaging script or outline helps me structure my videos and ensures I cover all the essential points.

• Be Concise: I’ve found that the most effective eLearning videos are concise and to the point. Aim to deliver your message within 5 to 15 minutes. Break longer topics into smaller, digestible segments. This microlearning approach can help keep students more engaged and improve retention of your concepts.
• Stay Focused on Goals: Identify the core concepts or skills your learners need to grasp and concentrate on those. Avoid overwhelming your audience with unnecessary details. Wondershare Presentory makes this part easy, with their AI-powered assistant that takes your learning outcomes and goals and helps you create an exceptional presentation.
• Make it Real, Make it Relevant: Whenever possible, include practical examples or scenarios that demonstrate how the information can be applied in real-life situations. This helps learners see the practical value of the content.
• Summarize and Recap: End your video with a summary or recap of the key points covered. Reinforcing the main takeaways can enhance retention.

4. Use Visual Elements Strategically

Visuals play a pivotal role in making eLearning videos more engaging and informative.

• Select Relevant Content: Choose visuals that are directly related to the content. Whether it’s images, diagrams, charts, or animations, they should enhance the understanding of the topic you’re discussing.
• Tell Stories with Visuals: Use visuals to tell a story or to illustrate a concept. This not only makes the content more relatable but also adds a layer of engagement that can captivate your audience.
• Balance Visuals: Maintain a consistent, uncluttered visual style throughout your eLearning videos. Don’t overload your video with visuals OR text. This creates a cohesive and professional look, which can help in reinforcing the credibility of your content.
• Consider Accessibility: Ensure that the visuals you use are accessible to all learners. For example, if you’re using text within images, provide alt text or captions for those with visual impairments.

5. Don’t Skimp on Audio Elements

Clear and high-quality audio is essential for creating a distraction-free learning environment in your eLearning videos.

• Invest in a Quality Microphone: A good voice over microphone is a must. It can significantly improve the clarity of your voice and reduce background noise, making it easier for learners to focus on the content.
• Select an Appropriate Recording Environment: Choose a quiet environment for recording. Minimize background noise by turning off fans, air conditioners, or any other potential disturbances. You may even wish to outfit your studio with items like acoustic foam panels and soundproof curtains to help create a better recording environment.
• Prepare Script and Practice: Writing a clear script and practicing your narration helps in maintaining a steady pace and clear enunciation. Speak confidently and at a moderate speed to ensure learners can easily follow along.
• Use a Teleprompter: When possible, use a teleprompter so you can maintain eye contact throughout the presentation. Tools such as Wondershare’s Presentory makes this easy with a built-in teleprompter.
• Edit and Test Audio: After recording, use audio editing software to further enhance audio quality. You can remove background noise, adjust volume levels, and make other necessary improvements.

6. Build Rapport with Your Audience

Engaging narration is a critical aspect of creating effective eLearning videos.

• Connect with the Audience: Try to establish a connection with your audience. Use relatable examples, anecdotes, or humor when appropriate. A personal touch can make the learning experience more enjoyable.
• Speak Confidently: Speaking confidently comes with practice. The more you narrate, the more comfortable and confident you become. Remember, your confidence as a narrator can be contagious.
• Speak Clearly: Clearly pronounce words and speak at a moderate pace. Articulate each word to ensure learners can understand you, especially if you have an international audience.
• Vary Tone and Inflection: Use variations in your tone and inflection to add interest to your narration. Adjust your voice to convey excitement, seriousness, or any other emotions relevant to the content.

7. Include Interactivity and Assessments

Keeping learners engaged and assessing their understanding are essential for effective eLearning.

• Use Quiz and Polls: Integrate quizzes and polls at strategic points in your videos. This not only checks learner comprehension but also encourages active participation. Learners can test their knowledge as they progress.
• Include Interactive Exercises: Create hands-on, interactive exercises that allow learners to practice what they’ve learned. It’s a great way to reinforce concepts and boost engagement.
• Build in Gamification Elements: Consider gamification elements, such as points, badges, or leaderboards, to make the learning experience more competitive and engaging.

8. Build eLearning Content That is Accessible and Inclusive

Ensuring that your eLearning videos are accessible to all learners, including those with disabilities, is crucial.

• Provide Closed Captions and Transcripts: Provide closed captions and transcripts for videos to assist learners with hearing impairments and those who prefer reading.
• Don’t Forget Alt Text and Color Contrast: Use descriptive alt text for images and ensure high color contrast for improved accessibility, particularly for visually impaired learners.
• Test Content with Assistive Technologies: Regularly test your content with assistive technologies like screen readers to ensure compatibility and usability.
• Employ Inclusive Language: Use inclusive language, avoid jargon, and steer clear of cultural references that might exclude or confuse learners from diverse backgrounds.

9. Use the Right Tools

Wondershare Presentory | AI Presentation Maker |

Wondershare Presentory makes it faster and easier to create stunning, engaging video presentations for eLearning, corporate training, business presentations, and more.

Try Free for 14 Days!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Selecting the right hosting platform and implementing analytics tools are crucial for delivering and improving your eLearning video strategy.

The platform you choose should be scalable, user-friendly, secure, and flexible.

I’ve found that Wondershare Presentory meets all these requirements and many more, making it an excellent option for creating and sharing eLearning videos.

The feature that really stands out to me is its AI-enhanced tools that allow educators and eLearning professionals to create impactful presentations with ease.

I also love that it’s super easy to use. The intuitive interface of Presentory makes it accessible for users of all skill levels, so you can easily create high quality, engaging content without a steep learning curve. Additionally, the platform offers one-click sharing to enhance the reach and impact of presentations.

All in all, this video presentation tool is particularly beneficial for knowledge sharing, training, and educational purposes, providing a ton of resources like animation effects, texts, stickers, and a continuously updated template library.

Presentory can be downloaded for Windows or accessed online from your browser (Mac users can access the online version).

Check out our Wondershare Presentory review for more info on this tool.

10. Collect Feedback for Continuous Improvement

Remember, gathering feedback is a crucial part of the eLearning video creation process. My approach involves various methods to collect insights and fine-tune content. I create surveys and questionnaires to gather feedback from learners, covering aspects like content clarity and suggestions for improvement.

Continuous review of learner feedback is part of my process, allowing for adjustments to eLearning videos. This iterative approach ensures that the content remains relevant and effective. Seeking feedback from colleagues or peers in the eLearning field is valuable, as they can offer fresh perspectives and suggestions for improvement.

11. Respect Copyright Rules

Respecting copyright and providing proper citations are essential for creating ethical and legally compliant eLearning videos.

In this regard, my approach is multi-faceted. I always begin by conducting thorough copyright research to ensure I have the necessary rights to use any third-party content, such as images, videos, music, or text, in my eLearning videos. If I encounter any uncertainties, I don’t hesitate to consult legal or copyright experts for guidance.

Whenever possible, I opt for resources that are available under licenses permitting educational use. Materials with Creative Commons licenses or those falling into the public domain are excellent choices for ensuring compliance.

Final Thoughts

Remember, eLearning design is a dynamic and ever-evolving field. Ongoing learning and commitment to continuous improvement are your most valuable assets. Each project I have undertaken has improved my understanding of what it takes to create compelling eLearning videos.

The insights I’ve gained along the way continue to inform my work. These are not just theoretical principles but practical, battle-tested strategies that have yielded exceptional results in the real world of education.

As you venture into your own eLearning video creation journey, I hope these insights serve as a guiding light, illuminating the path to creating exceptional educational experiences. By applying these tips, you can harness the power to connect, educate, and inspire learners on a profound level.

The post 11 Tips & Best Practices for Creating eLearning Videos appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

This is where microlearning videos can have a huge impact. Microlearning is exactly what it sounds like — scaling essential knowledge and skills into bite-sized pieces, so that employees can quickly consume and apply new information without a huge time investment. Microlearning can come in many forms, from short articles to quick demos, but it’s most commonly presented in video format under 10 minutes in length and focusing only on one specific takeaway. Employees can view them at their own pace and on their own schedule, and often can seek out the exact video they need to resolve an issue.

In this article, I’ll take a closer look at the ways microlearning videos can revolutionize your corporate outcomes. I’ll also highlight options for creating the videos you’ll need to bring this useful strategy to life.

Benefits of Microlearning Videos for Corporate Outcomes

1. Microlearning Provides Flexibility

When your team is located across several different time zones, flexibility is key.

Even employees at in-person workspaces often run on different schedules, which can make gathering everyone together for a training feel like a heavy lift.

Microlearning videos provide flexible opportunities for employees to learn the skills they need whenever they have the time.   Maybe it’s a 15-minute slot before lunch, or an extra hour every Monday.  Since microlearning videos are short and to-the-point, employees can make use of whatever time works best for them to learn something new with a just-in-time training approach.

2. Microlearning Videos Increase Productivity

The concise nature of microlearning videos also helps employees stay productive.

Rather than blocking out an entire afternoon for a conference or demo, employees can quickly call up a video on the software or skill they’re hoping to master and jump right in.

Of course, more in-depth training is necessary for complex new systems, but oftentimes a microlearning video can provide necessary answers without using up a ton of time.

Plus, employees can tailor their microlearning videos to exactly what they need to know, instead of watching or completing long modules on skills they’ve already mastered.

This is a great way to maximize potential and learning without losing extra time.

3. Microlearning Videos Save Money

Hiring a teacher or trainer for your team can be costly.  The travel expenses that go along with attending conferences can also add up quickly.

Again, there are times when a human connection is invaluable, but so often we simply need a little guidance to get the feel of a new program or protocol.

This is where microlearning videos can be a very economical way to provide answers.

Creating microlearning videos is generally a less costly and time-consuming process than securing in-person  on-site training.

Investing in a good video publishing tool can work wonders for saving time and money without losing production value, too.  I’ll get into excellent video software options further below!

4. Microlearning Videos Help Employees Grow

A good workplace is one whose employees feel like they’re making growth.

Especially in today’s fast-paced world, no one wants to feel like their skills are stagnating or becoming irrelevant as technology continues to adapt and expand.

Microlearning videos give your employees a convenient way to upskill at a pace that works for their unique needs.  This can increase employee motivation and help everyone stay goal-oriented, instead of getting stuck in outmoded routines.

When people are able to make progress and enhance their skill sets, they’re much more likely to feel satisfied with both their jobs and themselves.

To this end, microlearning videos are a great way to boost workplace culture by making sure everyone has equal opportunities to pursue new avenues of learning.

5. Microlearning Videos Keep Your Team Together

Though remote work options come with a number of perks, there’s no denying that we lose some of the personal connection that comes with being in the same physical space.

Microlearning videos can help promote that level of responsive cohesion, however, by providing quick answers as soon as employees encounter an issue.

This is especially helpful for remote workers who may not be able to simply lean over and ask their coworker for tips on how to do something.

Instead of being stuck waiting to hear back from IT or troubleshooting the issue themselves, employees with access to relevant microlearning videos can solve the problem themselves and grow in confidence, too.

Where to Start With Microlearning Videos

If all of these benefits have you ready to invest in microlearning videos for your own workplace, then it’s time to start exploring your options!

There are tons of video editing tools on the market today, but they vary wildly in terms of both cost and capability.

To make your microlearning a success, you’ll want to choose a software that helps you create videos that are engaging and effective.

VEED - Edit, Record & Livestream Video - Online

VEED is the fastest and easiest way to make high quality, professional videos for eLearning, business training, sales presentations, and other applications.

Get Started Free!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Personally, I recommend VEED, a powerful video recording, editing, and publishing software that works directly from your browser.

VEED allows users to record video content both from your webcam or from your computer screen, which is ideal for demos, how-to videos, and trainings that utilize step-by-step directions.

You can incorporate music, graphics, and stickers to keep your videos fun and engaging as you walk your employees through a new skill or process.

There’s even a handy option for minimizing background noise, so you can make sure that your viewers have a crisp audio experience.

VEED members can also build and edit videos with their teammates in real time.  This is a great way to promote collaboration, even in a remote situation where employees might be miles apart. Managers or supervisors can easily be looped into the process as well, and can even leave annotations on videos for convenient feedback.

When it comes to appearance and design, VEED includes a vast library of stock media and templates, so you can make your videos shine without having to import external files. No need to hire an outside video editor or spend a ton of time tinkering with your video to get it right – even folks without a ton of experience can use VEED to make their videos look and sound professional.

Plus, VEED includes helpful features like AI-powered subtitles and translations to make your videos more accessible and to reach a wider audience around the world. You can choose closed captions in English, or pick from dozens of other languages based on who your video is aimed at teaching. This is a huge perk for international companies hoping to boost engagement with employees who may not speak English as their native language.

When you’ve finished a video, VEED makes publishing a seamless process, regardless of how you choose to share. With just a few clicks, you can share your video through your company’s LMS, via email, or across social media.

If you discover something that needs to be edited or changed post publication, VEED makes it possible to nip back in and add minor tweaks without having to remove your entire video.

Since technology is constantly changing, this is an especially useful way to keep your training videos relevant without having to recreate them entirely.

Subscriptions to VEED come at a variety of levels, including a generous free option, making it a great place to start your microlearning library no matter what size business you’re coming from.

You can click here to learn more or try it for free.

Final Thoughts

Microlearning videos are a powerful tool in today’s corporate workforce.  

These short, instructive videos provide a flexible path for employees to upskill and problem solve. Employees can watch and learn from microlearning videos on their own schedules, while minimizing wasted time and money.

Microlearning videos can increase motivation and help your team feel more connected and cohesive, even when team members aren’t in the same geographic location and are communicating asynchronously.

Plus, they promote a workplace culture that focuses on meeting goals and making growth.

The learning sessions may be micro, but the benefits are major.

Have you ever watched a microlearning video to learn a new skill in the workplace?  Do you have experience creating microlearning videos?  We’d love to hear your questions and insights in the comments below!

The post How Microlearning Videos Can Improve Corporate Training Outcomes appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

In this article, I will explore 5 ways instructional designers can harness the potential of video to achieve effective educational outcomes. Drawing on my own experience in instructional design, each use case provides a unique approach to leveraging video’s power, enhancing the learning experience, and empowering educators and students.

VEED - Edit, Record & Livestream Video - Online

VEED is the fastest and easiest way to make high quality, professional videos for eLearning, business training, sales presentations, and other applications.

Get Started Free!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

1. Microlearning Modules

Microlearning is an instructional approach that delivers small, highly focused, bite-sized portions of information. In the context of microlearning, videos emerge as a versatile and highly effective tool for educators and instructional designers. Short video clips are ideal vehicles for breaking down complex concepts into easily digestible nuggets of knowledge, making the learning process more accessible and efficient.

Let me give you an example — you’re faced with the challenge of explaining a complex math concept or visually demonstrating a scientific experiment. Microlearning videos are the perfect solution. Instead of attempting to cover the entire topic in a single, lengthy video or lecture, you can create a series of short video clips, each targeting a specific learning objective. These bite-sized videos provide learners with a concise, to-the-point explanation of a single idea, ensuring they grasp the content step by step.

Microlearning videos simplify the learning process. They break down complicated topics into manageable, easily understandable pieces. Traditional videos force learners to sift through lengthy videos to review the information they missed. With microlearning videos, finding the right information is simple.

As an instructional designer, you can seamlessly integrate these microlearning video modules into your courses. Depending on your instructional goals, these videos can serve as supplementary resources or stand-alone learning tools. Whether explaining mathematical concepts, demonstrating scientific experiments, or tackling any other complex topic, microlearning videos ensure that learners receive the knowledge they need without information overload.

Microlearning videos are designed to provide quick, efficient bursts of information, making them an invaluable asset for both educators and learners. They empower educators to deliver content in a clear, focused manner, enabling learners to engage with complex topics at their own pace. By breaking down learning into short segments, micro-learning videos support the retention of knowledge and the overall effectiveness of the learning process.

In a world where attention spans are limited, microlearning videos represent a powerful tool for delivering learning in small, manageable doses so learners can focus on what matters most – understanding and retaining the material.

Our role as instructional designers is to help teachers harness the potential of microlearning videos and provide an enriching, easily accessible learning experience for students.

2. Interactive Videos

The conventional approach to video learning involves passive observation. Learners sit back and watch, absorbing information without any immediate interaction. However, interactive videos change this dynamic entirely, fostering active participation.

In an interactive video, learners click on links, answer embedded quizzes, or even make decisions that influence the video’s outcome. This higher level of engagement goes beyond traditional video-watching, encouraging learners to become active participants in their own learning journey.

The benefits of interactive videos are multi-fold.

First of all, they make the learning process more enjoyable. With videos, learners no longer feel like passive recipients of information. Instead, they approach learning like explorers, actively navigating the content. This increased engagement captures their attention and significantly enhances knowledge retention.

Interactive videos also offer the best of both worlds by bridging the gap between traditional video content and interactive learning experiences. They combine the visual appeal and information delivery of videos with the hands-on engagement typical of interactive learning modules. This dual nature allows learners to absorb information in an enjoyable, dynamic way while actively participating in their learning.

Creating effective interactive videos requires careful planning and design. As an instructional designer, you are responsible for structuring the video to include clickable elements, quizzes, and decision points. These elements should align with the learning objectives, ensuring that interactivity serves an educational purpose and elevates the learning experience.

3. Flipped Classroom

The flipped classroom is a teaching model that turns the traditional approach to learning on its head. In this model, students engage with course content at home, typically through videos, readings, or other materials, and then use classroom time for active learning and practical application of what they’ve learned. As instructional designers, we play a crucial role in creating video lectures, tutorials, or demonstrations for the “at-home” component of the flipped classroom.

Here’s how it works — instead of spending classroom time on lectures where students passively listen and take notes, these lectures are transformed into engaging video presentations that students watch before class. These videos can cover essential topics, explain complex concepts, or provide demonstrations. When students review the content outside of class, they can learn at their own pace, pausing, rewinding, and revisiting the content as needed.

This approach benefits both students and educators. In a flipped classroom, students have more control over their learning, as they can review material as often as necessary to grasp it fully. For educators, precious classroom time is freed up for interactive discussions, group activities, problem-solving, and hands-on learning experiences. It’s an effective way to promote active engagement and foster a deeper understanding of the subject matter.

The key to a successful flipped classroom lies in the quality of the video content we create. These videos should be informative, engaging, and well-structured to ensure students come prepared for class and get the most out of their in-person or online learning experiences.

4. Screencasts and Software Demos

Screencasts are a versatile and invaluable tool in the instructional designer’s toolkit, especially when it comes to teaching software applications or explaining digital processes. They offer a step-by-step visual guide that learners find exceptionally helpful.

Software applications, especially those with numerous features and functions, can be daunting for new users. Instead of relying solely on written manuals or live demonstrations, educators and instructional designers can create clear and professional screencasts.

Screencasts are highly effective for demonstrating skills or training learners to use new software tools. These instructional videos flatten the learning curve, helping learners achieve mastery. In addition, these videos offer consistency and can be accessed anytime, anywhere, offering flexibility that is particularly valuable for remote or asynchronous learning environments.

Screencasts offer a clear visual guide, whether it’s demonstrating how to complete an online form, navigating a learning management system, or troubleshooting common technical issues. They reduce ambiguity and improve learning efficiency. Using this type of multi-sensory approach improves knowledge transfer, retention, and recall.

5. Assessment and Feedback

Video assessments offer a creative and insightful way for teachers to evaluate their students’ understanding. Instead of relying solely on traditional written exams, teachers can incorporate video assignments into their assessments. For example, you could ask your students to present a concept or solve a problem on camera.

This approach allows you to gain a better understanding of your students’ knowledge and skills. It goes beyond traditional tests and provides students with the opportunity to demonstrate their comprehension in a more engaging and practical manner. With video assessments, students can express their ideas, showcase their problem-solving abilities, and illustrate their understanding of the subject matter.

Video assignments also encourage students to be creative and think critically about how they present their ideas. They need to consider not only the content but also how to communicate it clearly and persuasively. This process helps students develop essential skills that are valuable both in their academic journey and future careers.

For teachers and educators, video assessments offer a richer and more detailed perspective on student performance. They enable personalized feedback, making it easier to identify areas where individual students excel and areas where they may need additional support. This tailored feedback informs your teaching strategies so you can better support your students.

Final Thoughts

In a world where technology evolves daily, using videos in education is no longer a luxury—it’s a necessity. It empowers learners, caters to diverse learning styles, and provides a versatile platform for knowledge dissemination.

As instructional designers, we have the power to harness video’s potential to improve the learning experience. We can revolutionize eLearning by creating microlearning modules and interactive videos, adopting the flipped classroom model, producing screencasts, and using video assessments.

Using a high-quality video creation tool like VEED gives you access to a wide range of features, including video editing, interactive elements, and templates designed specifically for training and e-learning purposes. This tool simplifies the video production workflow, making it accessible to instructional designers without extensive video editing experience.

VEED - Edit, Record & Livestream Video - Online

VEED is the fastest and easiest way to make high quality, professional videos for eLearning, business training, sales presentations, and other applications.

Get Started Free!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Don’t fall behind. Let’s be at the forefront of this transformative wave, guiding our learners toward a brighter and more interactive learning journey. When we embrace technology, the possibilities for educational innovation are endless.

The post 5 Ways Instructional Designers Can Use Video Effectively appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

In the classroom, accessibility means providing every student, regardless of their individual needs or abilities, with equal opportunities to access and engage with educational materials and resources. Accessibility is not merely a matter of compliance; it reflects a commitment to equal educational opportunities.

In this article, I’ll share my insights on ensuring that eLearning videos are inclusive and reach every learner. By following these tips, you can create videos that meet accessibility standards and provide a more inclusive and engaging learning experience for all.

9 Tips for Making Your Educational Videos More Accessible

1. Start with Clear Content

Creating effective eLearning videos for online courses and other applications begins with the very foundation of the video — its content. In fact, the clarity and quality of your content play a vital role in ensuring that your video is accessible and beneficial for all learners.

Clear and concise content is the cornerstone of an effective educational video. It is the starting point for making your content accessible to a wide range of learners. To achieve this, it’s crucial to avoid using jargon or complex language that might alienate some viewers. Instead, aim for simplicity in your explanations.

By making your content as clear and straightforward as possible, you’re setting the stage for a truly inclusive learning experience. This approach ensures that your video can be comprehended by a diverse audience, from those who prefer visual learning to those who thrive on auditory explanations. Well-crafted content acts as a bridge that connects with learners, regardless of their individual learning styles, abilities, or backgrounds.

2. Create a Consistent User Experience

Consistency in video design is a fundamental aspect of accessibility. A consistent user experience ensures learners can navigate and comprehend the content more effectively.

Here’s how to achieve this consistency:

• Structured Layout: Design your video content with a structured layout in mind. Use headings and subheadings to break down the information into logical sections. This approach enhances the organization of your content and provides learners with clear signposts for different topics within the video. It is especially helpful for viewers who use screen readers, as it creates a well-defined hierarchy of information.
• Navigation and User Interface: Consider your video player’s navigation and user interface. Ensure that it is user-friendly and can be operated with ease. Features like keyboard navigation and a straightforward menu structure enhance the accessibility of your video. Don’t forget to provide clear instructions on how to use the player’s accessibility features.
• Alternative Text (Alt Text): All visuals, including images, diagrams, and graphics, should have descriptive alt text. Alt text provides a text description of visual elements, ensuring learners with visual impairments can understand the content. Providing alt text makes your video more inclusive and informative for all viewers.

3. Create Transcripts and Captions

One of the most important aspects of video accessibility is providing accurate transcripts and captions. Captions benefit not only those who are deaf or hard of hearing but also learners who prefer to read or need to watch videos in noise-sensitive environments. I’ve found that captions are not just a luxury; they enhance the learning experience for all learners.

Having the right tools makes a big difference. VEED is a screen recording and video editing tool that allows users to easily add captions and subtitles to their videos automatically. Captioning can also be customized to meet specific accessibility requirements.

In addition to automatically creating captions and subtitles, VEED also customize the appearance and positioning of closed captions within their videos. This level of control is essential for ensuring that captions do not obstruct important visual content and can be easily read by all viewers.

VEED - Edit, Record & Livestream Video - Online

VEED is the fastest and easiest way to make high quality, professional videos for eLearning, business training, sales presentations, and other applications.

Get Started Free!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

4. Consider Audio Descriptions

Audio descriptions are a must for videos that rely heavily on visual content, such as infographics or animations. Audio descriptions provide narration of visual elements, making the content accessible to individuals who are blind or visually impaired. I remember a recent project where we used audio descriptions to explain complex diagrams. While time-consuming to create, our audio descriptions gave our students with disabilities access to learning that would otherwise have been inaccessible to them.

VEED includes a text-to-speech feature that can convert text-based content into audio. This is valuable for learners with visual impairments who rely on screen readers to access information. With this capability, VEED makes video content accessible to a broader audience.

5. Choose an Accessible Video Player

When it comes to ensuring accessibility, choosing the right video player is essential. As a learning designer, I’ve worked with various video players and seen the impact that the wrong tools can have on the learning experience.

When choosing a video player, you need to think about your specific needs, budget, and technical requirements. It’s also good practice to test the player with real users, especially those with disabilities, to ensure it meets their accessibility expectations. By making an informed choice of an accessible video player, you can significantly enhance the inclusivity of your educational content and provide a smoother learning experience for all users.

6. Consider Color, Contrast, and Brightness

In addition to the content and narration, you have to consider the visual elements of your video, including color, contrast, and brightness. These aspects can significantly impact the accessibility of your content, especially for viewers with visual impairments.

• Color Selection: Choose colors thoughtfully. Avoid relying solely on color to convey information; some viewers may have color vision deficiencies. Use high-contrast color combinations to ensure text, graphics, and other elements stand out. Test your color choices using color blindness simulators to ensure readability.
• Text-to-Background Contrast: Maintain a strong contrast between text and background colors. This enhances readability for all viewers and is particularly important for those with low vision or reading disabilities. Dark text on a light background or vice versa is a standard practice.
• Brightness and Glare: Ensure that your video’s overall brightness and glare are comfortable for viewers. Excessive brightness can be uncomfortable for those with light sensitivity or certain eye conditions. Test your video in different lighting conditions to makes sure your content is visible and readable.

Paying attention to color, contrast, and brightness helps you create a more visually accessible video. These considerations help ensure that your content remains accessible for all learners, regardless of their visual abilities.

7. Seek Feedback and Iterate

Sometimes you think you have all the bases covered, but in practice things don’t work the way you imagined. Invite individuals with disabilities to provide feedback on your videos. Their insights can uncover issues that may have been missed during the development process. Collaborating with these users can lead to invaluable improvements.

Working with a tool that continuously works to improve access and functionality makes a big difference. This commitment to ongoing improvement ensures that the platform remains inclusive and responsive to the needs of learners with disabilities.

8. Translate Your Videos into Other Languages

One exciting new technology designed to improve accessibility is VEED’s AI-driven translation tool, which makes it easy to translate your content into other languages at the touch of a button. In the past, translating educational content into multiple languages was a time-consuming and resource-intensive process. However, with the introduction of AI-driven translation tools like VEED, the barriers to language accessibility have significantly lowered.

This innovative technology simplifies the process of translating educational videos, making it more efficient and cost-effective. Providing content in multiple languages benefits learners who speak different languages and offers a valuable resource for those seeking to learn a new language. In today’s globalized world, where diverse linguistic backgrounds are the norm, tools like VEED are essential for ensuring your educational videos are genuinely accessible to all.

9. Keep Learning and Adapting

As technology evolves, so do best practices for video accessibility. I earned my degree in instructional technology more than a decade ago, and things have changed A LOT. It can be challenging to stay current with the latest accessibility guidelines and rapidly evolving technologies.

Over the years, the landscape of educational technology has undergone a remarkable transformation with new advancements like AI coming onto the scene. These advancements in learning technology have enhanced the quality of educational content and presented new opportunities for making learning accessible to a broader audience.

Final Thoughts

As a learning designer passionate about creating accessible educational content, I’ve seen firsthand how inclusive videos can impact learners.

Remember, creating accessible videos is just one part of advocating for inclusivity. Many teachers recognize the problem of accessibility but don’t know where to begin. When possible, share the word about what has worked for you and encourage others to prioritize it in their educational content. Awareness helps us all do a better job at providing an inclusive learning environment for our students.

The post How to Make eLearning Videos Accessible for All appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

During the turbulent time of pandemic, I had the privilege of joining an award-winning edTech organization that had been pioneering the digitalization of education for five years. As an instructional designer, I was thrust into the heart of a revolution, where the traditional classroom experience met the digital frontier. It was here that I came to understand the profound importance of two essential pillars of learning:

1. Instructional design
2. Curriculum development

The world of education, always in a state of flux, suddenly demanded a deeper understanding of these two fundamental concepts. The transition from brick-and-mortar classrooms to virtual platforms made it abundantly clear that not only did we need a roadmap for what to teach (curriculum development), but also an effective way of delivering it in a virtual environment (instructional design). In the absence of physical presence, which many educators had grown accustomed to, instructional design took center stage in crafting engaging and effective online learning experiences.

To gain insight into the key differences between the two and to understand their meanings, the following account aims to draw a comparison between instructional design vs curriculum development by answering key questions:

• What is the fundamental meaning of the two?
• What are the underlying objectives behind each?
• Who are the subjects of each?
• What role does each play in teaching and learning?
• What methods does each incorporate in the current era of learning (especially e- learning) and distance learning?

The Meanings of Instructional Design & Curriculum Development

Instructional Design (ID): Instructional design is like the architect of education. Think of it as the process that goes into designing a state-of-the-art, user-friendly app. Just as app designers carefully plan how users will navigate through an application and interact with its features, instructional designers meticulously map out how students will navigate through a course or module, interact with content, and ultimately, learn. For instance, in creating an online physics course, instructional designers may design interactive simulations that allow students to experiment with virtual physics experiments, engaging them in a hands-on learning experience.

Curriculum Development: Curriculum development is akin to planning a cross-country road trip. Imagine you’re responsible for planning a family road trip from coast to coast. You’d need to decide what cities to visit, the order of the stops, and what sights and attractions to see along the way. This planning process, similar to curriculum development, involves deciding what subjects will be covered, in what sequence, and what materials and resources will be used. For instance, a curriculum developer for a history course might decide to cover ancient civilizations before moving on to the world wars, carefully structuring the students’ historical journey.

Underlying Objectives

Instructional Design: The primary goal of instructional design is to formulate engaging learning experiences effectively. Instructional designers optimize learning by structuring content, selecting appropriate delivery methods, and aligning assessments with learning goals. The focus is on pedagogical teaching methodology principles to enhance the learning process.

Curriculum Development: The primary objective of curriculum development, on the other hand, is to design what the learner needs to learn during the entire academic session or program. The essential elements include defining the scope, sequencing topics, ensuring the achievement of planned outcomes, and aligning the syllabus with academic standards and objectives.

Target Audience of These Activities

Instructional Design: The key target of the instructional design process is the learner. This process focuses on creating resources and approaches that are learner-centered. Instructional Design professionals take into account the needs, priorities, and, above all, the abilities of the specific audience to create an efficient set of instructions. They strive to engage and support learners in their individual learning journeys, tailoring content and methods to meet their unique needs.

Curriculum Development: Curriculum development encompasses a broader audience, including students, teachers, educational administrators, and policymakers. It pays homage to the needs of educational institutions and the larger education system, ensuring alignment with broader educational goals. Most curriculum development activities, therefore, involve crucial participation from governmental bodies, aiming to establish a cohesive and standardized framework for education that benefits all stakeholders and serves the broader educational ecosystem.

Role of Each in Learning and Teaching

Instructional Design: Instructional designers play a crucial role in improving the teaching and learning process by creating dynamic and effective learning materials. These materials, such as eLearning modules, interactive simulations, or instructional videos, are instrumental in educators’ efforts to facilitate meaningful learning experiences for their students. Instructional designers empower teachers with the tools and resources they need to deliver content effectively and engage their learners, ultimately enhancing the overall quality of education.

Curriculum Development: Curriculum developers provide the foundational structure and materials that guide the entire educational session, whether it be a program or course. They meticulously outline what should be taught, when it should be taught, and how it aligns with larger educational goals. Instructors rely on the curriculum as a roadmap to organize their teaching and deliver instruction. Curriculum developers ensure that the educational content is comprehensive, well-organized, and in accordance with established educational standards, thereby setting the stage for effective teaching practices and a consistent learning experience for all students.

Currently Utilized Methodologies in the eLearning Horizon

In the rapidly evolving landscape of eLearning, both instructional design and curriculum development have adapted to technology-driven learning environments, enabling more effective and engaging educational experiences. Here are some key methodologies and approaches associated with each field:

Instructional Design Models & Methodologies

ADDIE Model: One of the most widely used ID models is ADDIE (analysis, design, development, implementation, and evaluation). It closely resembles the commonly known PDCA (Plan, Do, Check, and Act) cycle. However, ADDIE focuses on enhancing the learning experience. For example, in the context of a language learning app, an instructional designer might use the ADDIE model to analyze the needs of language learners, design interactive lessons, develop engaging content, implement these lessons in the app, and evaluate their effectiveness by tracking users’ progress.

Blended Learning: Blended learning combines in-person and online teaching methods to maximize learning outcomes. It recognizes the importance of both traditional classroom experiences and the advantages of eLearning. For instance, in a university course, blended learning may involve students attending lectures in person and then using an online platform to engage in discussions, access resources, and complete assignments.

Microlearning: Microlearning involves delivering small, bite-sized segments of content to learners. It is particularly effective in the era of short attention spans and on-the-go learning. For instance, in corporate training, employees may receive brief, focused micro-lessons via their mobile devices to quickly acquire specific skills or knowledge relevant to their roles.

Gamification: Gamification integrates game elements, such as points, badges, and competition, into the learning process. This approach enhances engagement and motivation. In K-12 education, a gamified math app could award points for correctly solving math problems, allowing students to compete with peers and earn rewards, making the learning experience more enjoyable and competitive.

Adaptive Learning: Adaptive learning systems, based on machine learning, personalize the learning experience for individual students. These systems use data and algorithms to adjust the content to match each learner’s abilities and pace. For example, in a high school science course, an adaptive learning platform may provide additional resources or more challenging assignments to students who grasp concepts quickly, while offering additional support to those who need it, ensuring that every student can progress at their own speed.

Curriculum Development in eLearning

Standards Alignment: Curriculum developers ensure that eLearning content aligns with educational standards and expected learning outcomes. They create courses that adhere to specific learning standards and benchmarks. For instance, in an online professional certification program, curriculum developers would ensure that the course content meets industry standards, ensuring that graduates are well-prepared for their careers.

Sequencing and Pacing: Curriculum developers define the sequence of instructions and the pace at which learners progress through the content. In an eLearning platform designed for self-paced language learning, curriculum developers determine the order in which language skills are introduced, as well as the speed at which learners advance through lessons, providing flexibility based on individual progress.

Learner Pathways: Curriculum developers may design multiple pathways for learners to follow, allowing for more customized learning experiences. These pathways can be tailored to different learning goals or abilities. In a higher education program, students pursuing different majors may follow unique pathways with specialized courses and learning experiences, ensuring relevance to their chosen fields.

Competency-Based Education: Curriculum development often incorporates competency-based learning. This approach allows learners to advance by demonstrating their proficiency in specific skills and knowledge. In a vocational training program, students might complete modules and assessments at their own pace, moving on to new content when they have mastered the required competencies.

Data-Driven Insights: Curriculum developers make use of data analysis to assess the effectiveness of the curriculum. This data aids in refining and improving the curriculum to become compatible with the varying needs of learners. For instance, in a corporate training program, curriculum developers may use data on employee performance to refine the training materials and adapt to changing skill requirements within the organization.

Other Differences Between Instructional Design and Curriculum Development

Scope and Scale: While the instructional design process typically deals with the design of individual learning sessions, modules, or lessons, curriculum development aims for a broader scope, encompassing the design of complete educational programs or courses, serving a more comprehensive and long-term educational vision.

Flexibility: Curriculum development prioritizes maintaining consistency and alignment with educational standards, with limited room for deviation. In contrast, instructional design offers flexibility in designing engaging and interactive methods and mediums for learning, adapting to the dynamic needs of learners and the evolving education landscape.

Stakeholders: Curriculum development has a broader goal of shaping the mindset of learners to meet the societal needs, involving stakeholders at every level of the education system, from teachers and administrators to policymakers and state authorities. In contrast, instructional design is specifically focused on collaboration with educators and learners to enhance the immediate learning experience.

Continuous Improvement: Both curriculum design and instructional design are iterative processes, but they differ in their frequency of change. Instructional design may adapt in a relatively short span, sometimes even from one class to the next, while curriculum development undergoes revision at less frequent intervals, often spanning a decade or longer.

Final Thoughts

Instructional design and curriculum development are two vital components of the education and eLearning landscape. While they share common goals and methodologies, they have distinct purposes and roles.

Instructional design revolves around creating engaging and tailored learning experiences for individual learners, while curriculum development provides the overarching structure and content for entire educational programs and courses.

Both fields have embraced technology and data-driven insights to become more adaptable and responsive to the ever-changing needs of learners and educational institutions.

Understanding the differences between instructional design and curriculum development, as well as recognizing their complementary nature, is essential for creating successful and impactful eLearning experiences. Together, they contribute to a holistic approach to education that empowers learners, equips educators, and ensures the alignment of educational content with broader societal and educational goals. This synergy between instructional design and curriculum development is the cornerstone of effective and innovative education in the digital age.

The post Understanding Instructional Design vs Curriculum Development in eLearning appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

What are the Most Important Instructional Designer Skills to Have?

Whether you’re a newbie looking to break into the industry or a seasoned veteran, being truly great at instructional design means you possess certain key attributes. While 42.6% of recent survey participants lean towards hiring instructional designers with a bachelor’s degree and a third favor those with a master’s degree, possessing the right skills can still land you a great job.

1. Passionate About Education

The best instructional designers are passionate about their work. They love learning and they love helping others learn.

This passion for learning and teaching shines through in their courses, making them more engaging and enjoyable to take.

A great instructional designer is obsessed with learning everything there is about learning. That means following the latest industry studies and research, reading eLearning blogs, studying the different instructional design models, and even taking instructional design courses on an ongoing basis to stay on the cutting edge of the industry.

2. Constantly Upskilling

A great instructional designer is not only passionate about learning and teaching, but they are also skilled in their field and are always getting better, keeping up with education as it changes.

After all, passion will only get you so far. If you don’t know what you’re doing, you’re not going to be very successful.

This is why it’s so important for instructional designers to constantly upskill and learn new things. You need to be familiar with learning management systems, popular instructional design models and best practices, new instructional strategies others are trying, the latest technology, and more.

The best way to do this is by taking online courses, attending conferences and workshops, and networking with other professionals in the industry. Not only does this make you better at your job, but it also comes in handy for keeping your instructional design portfolio, cover letter, and resume looking great!

Good instructional designers have a deep understanding of how to create effective courses that engage students and help them learn.

One of the best ways to sharpen your instructional design skills is with Emeritus’ Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program.

This comprehensive, 5-month course covers the foundations of instructional design, including popular theories and best practices for implementing them in eLearning environments. It’s the perfect way to take your instructional design skills to the next level!

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

3. Creative in Their Work

The best instructional designers are not afraid to be creative in their work. They know that it’s important to constantly try new things and experiment with new ideas in order to keep their courses and training programs engaging.

The truth is eLearning is a young industry that’s constantly evolving, and that requires creativity to push the boundaries and stay ahead of the curve.

Great instructional designers are always experimenting with new ways to gamify their courses, add multimedia elements, and make their learning materials more fun and interesting for students.

4. Collaborative in Their Work Style

The best instructional designers know that collaboration is key to a successful course.

While it’s certainly possible to create an online course on your own, collaboration is often the key to taking a course to the next level.

Good instructional designers are always open to feedback and collaboration, and they work closely with other team members (e.g. subject matter experts, graphic designers, eLearning developers, and other instructional designers) and even their students (asking for feedback, surveying them, etc.) to create a course that is truly top-notch.

5. Focuses on Results

The best instructional designers understand that results are what truly matters in the end.

Are students actually interested in taking your course? Are they completing it from start to finish or giving up along the way? Do they actually seem to be learning the materials? In short, are the desired learning objectives being achieved?

These are the types of questions that great instructional designers constantly ask themselves in order to measure the success (or failure) of their courses.

They’re not afraid to make changes and adjustments along the way based on what they learn, in order to create a course that truly delivers results.

6. Detail Oriented

The best instructional designers are detail-oriented.

There are tons of moving parts and fine details that go into developing eLearning courses and curriculum, so you have to have an eye for detail in order to be successful.

Good instructional designers are meticulous in their work, checking and rechecking everything for accuracy and ensuring that all the little details are taken care of.

This attention to detail often pays off in the end, resulting in a course that is well organized, polished, and professional.

7. Thinks Visually

Many people are visual learning, and when it comes to creating a great eLearning curriculum, you need to have plenty of eye-catching, engaging visuals to keep learners interested.

The best instructional designers know this, and they think visually when creating their courses.

They use multimedia elements, graphical elements, and engaging visuals to keep students interested and engaged in the learning process.

8. Highly Organized

Creating and managing an eLearning course requires organization and project management skills.

Good instructional designers are able to keep track of all the moving parts and stay on top of everything, from developing the course outline to ensuring that all the materials are in order.

They’re also good at organizing their own time and resources, so they can stay on schedule and meet deadlines.

9. Great Listeners

It’s not all about you as an instructional designer. You have to be willing to listen to others, particularly your students, if you want to create a great eLearning environment.

Good instructional designers are great listeners, and they’re always open to feedback (both positive and negative) from their students.

They also take the time to really understand the needs of their students and what they’re hoping to get out of the course.

But it’s not just about passively listening.

A key part of being a good listener is asking the right questions of your target audience.

Some designers prefer to survey their students regularly, others rely on more informal methods such as asking questions during class or conducting interviews.

It’s important to find the method that works best for you and your students and to continually seek feedback in order to create a course that meets the needs of everyone involved.

10. Truly Understands Learning Theory

Instructional designers must know how to apply different learning theories to their courses.

The best instructional designers have a deep understanding of different learning theories and how to apply them in an eLearning setting.

They understand that not all students learn the same way, and they use different teaching methods and strategies to accommodate their students’ needs.

11. Embraces New Technology

eLearning technology is constantly evolving, so a good instructional designer is someone who is very comfortable with assessing new technologies to see if and how they might be useful.

They’re not afraid to try new things, and they understand that new technology can be a powerful tool for learning.

The best instructional designers are tech-savvy and are the type of people who can quickly learn new software and technologies quickly and without extensive training.

If you’re not comfortable with change or new technology, then this isn’t the career for you.

12. Good Communication Skills

Being a good instructor requires excellent communication skills.

Instructional designers need to be able to communicate effectively with their students, their team members, and others.

They must be able to articulate their ideas clearly and concisely, whether in their written course materials, video lessons, and interactions with students.

Good communication skills are essential for success as an instructional designer.

13. Strong Writing Skills

This goes hand-in-hand with having good communication skills, but it deserves its own point on this list.

To create great eLearning materials, you have to be a good writer. There’s no way around it.

Instructional designers must be able to write well, both in terms of their grammar and their ability to express themselves clearly.

You need to be able to create engaging course materials that will hold students’ attention from beginning to end.

Useful Resources

• Instructional Design Masters Programs
• Instructional Design Certificate Programs
• Instructional Design Bootcamps
• Instructional Design Career Path & Roadmap
• Common Instructional Designer Interview Questions
• Where to Find Instructional Design Jobs
• Instructional Design Salary Statistics

Final Thoughts on Key Skills for Instructional Designers

There’s a lot that goes into being a top instructional designer. It’s a mix of skills, passion, creativity, and key personality traits.

Do you have what it takes to be a great instructional designer? If you possess these qualities, then the answer is most likely yes!

But if you don’t currently have all of these instructional designer skills, don’t worry – with hard work and dedication, you can develop them over time. Just remember to always stay passionate about learning and teaching and continue experimenting with new ideas!

The post The 13 Most Important Instructional Designer Skills & Qualities appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Working with an SME is a great way to get the inside scoop and most reliable information when working on an instructional design project. This subject matter expert is a person who specializes in their field and is able to provide insight and information to an instructional designer as they develop content and curriculum. They are the go to person for you to seek out when you have questions, need clarity, or get stuck with the content or information. 

In my experience, the SME is often the direct contact for an instructional designer. It’s important for me to have a contact who I can reach out to with questions during the design process. While I appreciate the guidance of an SME, it’s important to note that they have responsibilities to help designers understand the information, but it’s the designer’s role to gather materials and actually design the coursework. 

Best Practices to Implement When Engaging SMEs

Implementing these best practices is a great way to ensure success when working with subject matter experts.

• Readiness is key. Be sure that you value and appreciate your SME’s time. By thinking through the project and preparing a list of notes and questions, you can be respectful and productive in the time given to you to meet with your SME. Research ahead of time to learn more about the company. Try to immerse yourself in understanding their background, goals, and mission. As I am designing a project, I try to keep the end goal in mind and always prefer to work by backwards design. This is a great method for helping to stay organized and be prepared. 
• Punctuality matters. SMEs are often very busy with other responsibilities as well. Be sure that you are on time and that you stay focused on the project so you make the best use of your time and the time of your SME. Honor your SME’s time by sticking to timeframes and not running over the set meeting times. 
• Gain clarity. Be clear about your role and what you need from your SME. Communicate clearly and reiterate expectations to be sure you are on the same page. Try to be specific with your questions and explanations. Be sure that you and your SME understand how each other prefers to work and communicate. Ask them to be very specific and provide information in the simplest form. 
• Set deadlines and schedule time to meet with your SME. Sometimes they have limited time but be clear about the value of regular check-ins to help ensure everyone is making the best use of time as the course is built and time spent revising is lessened. 
• Keep a productive mindset. Practice active listening and take good notes. It may even be a good idea to record the conversations so you can go back and review. I like to record my interviews and meetings so if I have questions, I can go back and listen again to see if I can find my own answer before having to reach out to my SME again. 
• Remember that your SME is investing time and effort into this project as well. Be sure to include your SME when sharing results and data or asking for feedback. This helps your SME stay connected and involved, even if you don’t have to reach out for additional meetings or need information from them. 

Steer Clear of These Practices

Sometimes best practices can be found in what not to do. There are also some things you want to avoid when working with an SME. In order to maintain professionalism, be sure that you know proper expectations and observe best practices when working with an SME. Remembering these things and putting them into practice will help others build confidence in you and improve your soft skills as an instructional designer. 

• Working with an SME, you should understand that while they can provide many answers to questions, it’s beyond their role and responsibility to gather materials and provide resources for you. Instead, think of them as your guide to find the information you need and direct you where to find your own resources and materials. 
• Don’t expect your SME to change the way they do things to fit your mold. Being flexible is a big part of being an instructional designer. In my experience, I find it challenging, in a good way, to learn and use new technology. In addition to building my knowledge base and how to use new apps or platforms, sometimes I am even able to find ways to build my own productivity. 
• Understand that your time table may not be the same as your SMEs. Don’t expect them to be able to respond immediately to your questions. Remember that as instructional designers, we can work on many facets of the design simultaneously. If you are awaiting an answer or feedback from your SME, busy yourself with other relevant tasks in preparation for the next phase of development. 
• Don’t be afraid to ask questions! Be thoughtful and prepare meaningful and helpful questions and have a purpose behind your meetings with your SME. Make the best use of time with them and be sure to communicate what you will need from them moving forward. 

Collaboration is a Top Priority

Collaborating with an SME is a huge benefit to instructional designers. Throughout the process of designing and developing courses, collaboration is a key foundational component to finding success in your project. In order to be a productive collaborator, it’s important to remember some norms that will help guide you in achieving your goals for this project. You should work with your team to develop the norms that everyone values.

• While active listening is extremely important, so is follow up. Summarize what your SME has shared with you and ask questions to get clarification if needed. Be sure to ask if your SME has questions as well. This will help them understand the project and what your role is, which will help them to be able to better help you. 
• Define roles in a detailed way. In my experience, this is often done at the start of a project by the project manager. When everyone understands the roles of everyone else on the team, it makes it easier to communicate and understand how you can help your teammates. 
• Reflection is a vital piece of the puzzle for projects. It’s often overlooked and undervalued, sometimes even forgotten. While we are so busy gathering and analyzing data to ensure our client’s goals are met, we often forget to take the time to reflect upon ourselves and our own practices. Ask yourself if you or the team could have done things differently to gain better results faster. Reflecting together is a valuable experience as well, but it will only work in a safe and open environment. 

Final Thoughts

Next steps for a project will always include your SME, especially in fields that you aren’t familiar with. Remember that collaborating with an SME can be an extremely beneficial learning process for you and for them. While they are helping you understand the specific content needed, you are educating them on the way the world of instructional design and development works. As more SMEs work with us, they will continue to gain respect and appreciation for what we can bring to the table. While the world of instructional design and development is not new at all, many people are not familiar with it and what it entails. 

On occasion, you may run into an SME who is difficult to work with or doesn’t value our work as instructional designers. Don’t fret! You can make efforts to understand why it’s difficult to work with the SME. Do they have a specific concern? Perhaps they don’t understand what your role entails? Be patient and professional. Stay positive and encourage open communication and collaboration. Remember that part of your skillset as an instructional designer includes a set of soft skills as well. 

Overall, you will see many benefits of working with an SME to gain success in your goals and the goals of your client. Your role can be impacted in a positive way if you take advantage of all your SME has to offer. Try to build a rapport early on to set up success for the long term.

More Helpful Resources for Instructional Designers

• How to become an instructional designer
• How to create an instructional design resume
• How to write an instructional design cover letter
• Instructional designer salary guide
• Instructional design portfolio examples & tips
• The most common instructional design interview questions
• The best instructional design courses online
• The best instructional design bootcamps
• Instructional design master’s programs
• Instructional design career path & responsibilities

The post Best Practices for Instructional Designers Working with Subject Matter Experts appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

In the guide below, we’ll explore what gamification entails, discuss the design of eLearning challenges, explain the importance of points and leaderboards, investigate ways to assess mastery, and even describe a winning prize strategy.

Ready to go? Let’s venture into the exciting realm of gamification.

What is Gamification?

Gamification is far more than a trendy buzzword; it’s a revolutionary educational tool. It infuses your eLearning content with game elements to boost engagement and motivation. By tapping into our innate human desires for challenges, competition, and rewards, gamification reshapes mundane eLearning modules into thrilling journeys. It’s the secret ingredient that makes learning effective and enjoyable.

Gamification helps teachers and learners:

• Tap into Intrinsic Motivation: Gamification harnesses the inherent motivation from within. It taps into learners’ innate curiosity and their desire to conquer challenges. When learners embark on a gamified eLearning journey, they transition from passive recipients of information to active participants in their learning adventure.
• Create a Sense of Achievement: One of gamification’s standout features is its ability to cultivate a profound sense of accomplishment. As learners tackle challenges, earn points, and ascend leaderboards, they experience small triumphs fueling their motivation. Each milestone achieved becomes a stepping-stone towards greater knowledge and mastery.
• Promote Healthy Competition: Gamification introduces a facet of healthy competition. Leaderboards allow learners to gauge their progress against peers, igniting a drive to outperform others. This friendly rivalry motivates learners and inspires them to strive for excellence.
• Incentivize Greater Achievement: Gamification encourages learners to push their boundaries and aim for loftier achievements. It motivates them to revisit content, apply knowledge to practical scenarios, and engage in active problem-solving. This pursuit of progress creates a self-perpetuating cycle that keeps learners motivated and engaged throughout their learning journey.

Gamification taps into the joy of discovery and the exhilaration of mastering new skills. When learners immerse themselves in a gamified experience, learning evolves from a chore into a captivating journey filled with exciting challenges and rewarding accomplishments.

In gamification, the worlds of learning and fun harmoniously collide, igniting learners’ genuine motivations. It is the driving force that makes learning more effective and infuses it with the enthusiasm and motivation required for long-term engagement and knowledge retention.

Crafting eLearning Challenges

In my experience as a learning designer, I’ve come to recognize that the essence of gamification lies in the careful crafting of challenges. These challenges are the core of the gamified learning experience, and they play a pivotal role in striking a balance between being stimulating and attainable.

Let’s look closer at all the elements necessary to design eLearning challenges that work.

• Alignment with Learning Objectives: Effective challenges start with clearly aligning with the specific learning objectives. Each challenge should not be arbitrary but a deliberate and strategic component of the learning journey. These challenges are designed to reflect the specific knowledge and skills learners need to acquire, ensuring that every step they take is purposeful and relevant.
• Relevance and Meaning: Challenges should always be meaningful and directly related to the content being taught. Whether through quizzes that test comprehension, simulations that simulate real-world scenarios, or scenarios that mimic practical applications, every challenge should clearly enhance the learners’ knowledge and skills.
• Adaptation to Learner Progress: Challenges should be thoughtfully structured to increase in complexity progressively. This approach keeps learners engaged and encourages them to explore deeper levels of understanding. Beginning with simpler tasks and gradually introducing more intricate challenges creates a dynamic learning experience that adapts to the learners’ growing expertise.
• Interactivity and Engagement: eLearning challenges are not static or one-dimensional. They should be interactive and engaging, encouraging learners to participate actively. Interactive elements, such as scenario-based decision-making, problem-solving activities, or collaborative challenges, enhance the learning experience by promoting deeper engagement.
• Real-World Application: The actual value of challenges lies in their capacity to mirror real-world applications. Challenges that encourage learners to apply their newly acquired knowledge in practical scenarios critically facilitate a deeper understanding of the subject matter. This type of active learning contributes to a more meaningful and relevant educational experience.

Remember, creating eLearning challenges requires an understanding of learner motivation and how to create dynamic, progressive learning experiences. My design approach emphasizes the importance of challenges adapting to the learners’ progress. The difficulty of challenges should be flexible, responding to each learner’s needs and abilities. This adaptability ensures that learners are neither overwhelmed by tasks that are too difficult nor bored by tasks that are too easy, keeping them engaged and motivated throughout their learning journey.

Points, Leaderboards, and Rules: The Framework of Gamification

Effective gamification requires a well-structured framework that keeps learners engaged. Points, leaderboards, and rules serve as the building blocks of this framework, creating a robust foundation for engaging eLearning experiences. Let’s explore how these components breathe life into the world of gamification.

• Points: The Currency of Motivation: Points are to gamification what coins are to a video game – they serve as both rewards and progress markers. Learners who earn points for conquering challenges or demonstrating knowledge receive tangible recognition. These points instill a sense of accomplishment, motivating learners to explore further, engage, and excel. The desire to accumulate more points becomes a potent driving force, inspiring learners to continue their journey.
• Leaderboards: Fostering Healthy Competition: Leaderboards introduce an element of friendly competition, igniting the desire to surpass one another. Learners feel a natural urge to excel by comparing their progress with peers. Leaderboards establish a visible hierarchy of achievement, showcasing top performers and encouraging others to elevate their game. This motivates learners and fosters a sense of community and shared achievement. It’s not solely about individual progress; it’s about collective growth.
• Rules: The Guiding Principles: Rules in gamification are not designed to hinder creativity; instead, they create structure and establish guidelines for engagement. They set the stage for the game, defining expectations for learners and outlining what they can anticipate in return. These rules ensure fairness and equal participation, creating a positive and engaging learning experience.

Gamification transforms the traditional one-way learning process into a dynamic, two-way interaction. Learners become immersed in the game-like experience, earning points, competing on leaderboards, and setting goals.  With games, learners are no longer passive recipients of information; they actively participate in their learning journey. When gamification elements are included in eLearning, learners receive an education and become inspired, motivated, and fully engaged, forming a deeper and more meaningful connection with the content.

Mastery Assessment: The Cornerstone of Effective Learning

In the realm of gamification, points, and rewards are only one side of the coin. The other equally crucial aspect is ensuring that genuine learning takes place. As a learning designer, I know the importance of assessing learner progress. Practical assessment and progress tracking ensure learners participate in the game and genuinely grasp the content.

• Aligning Challenges with Learning Outcomes: Effective gamification begins with a clear alignment between challenges and learning objectives. This alignment is not arbitrary; it is intentional and strategic. Gamified challenges are thoughtfully designed to reflect specific learning objectives, moving beyond surface-level memory recall to applying knowledge in real-world scenarios.
• Moving Beyond Rote Memorization: Traditional learning often gravitates towards rote memorization. Learners may recall facts and figures but struggle to apply their knowledge practically. Gamification challenges break free from this pattern, promoting a deeper understanding of the subject matter.
• Application of Knowledge: The beauty of gamified assessments is that they test the application of knowledge. Rather than merely recalling facts, learners encounter scenarios where they must apply their acquired knowledge to make decisions, solve problems, and showcase their expertise. This mirrors real-world situations, making the learning experience more meaningful and relevant.

Rewarding Achievement in eLearning

As a learning designer, I’ve witnessed how rewards and incentives transform eLearning into a dynamic, ongoing experience rather than a one-time endeavor. Learners who see the potential for recognition and rewards are more likely to remain committed to their learning journey.

In the context of gamification, rewards serve a dual purpose: recognition and motivation. These incentives acknowledge the achievements and efforts of learners, acting as a pat on the back for their hard work. They motivate learners to persist, engage more deeply with the content, and strive for greater heights in their learning journey.

Here are some common ways to reward achievement in eLearning:

• Digital Badges and Certificates: Digital badges and certificates are popular forms of rewards in eLearning gamification. These digital credentials serve as tangible representations of a learner’s accomplishments. They can be earned for completing challenges, mastering content, or achieving specific milestones. As a learning designer, I’ve seen the positive impact of these digital badges and certificates, as they provide learners with a sense of achievement that extends beyond the virtual realm.
• Physical Prizes: While digital rewards have merits, physical prizes can be equally compelling. Some gamified eLearning programs offer physical incentives such as gift cards, books, or even electronic devices. These tangible rewards add an extra layer of motivation, as learners can hold and use their prizes daily. Awarding prizes doesn’t mean completing a course or achieving or the achievement of a final goal. In my experience, I’ve observed that incentivizing smaller milestones along the way can be equally effective. Whether it’s for completing a challenging module, achieving a high score on a quiz, or consistently participating in discussions, recognizing these smaller victories can keep learners consistently engaged and motivated.

Final Thoughts on Gamification in eLearning

In conclusion, gamification is a dynamic tool capable of breathing life into your eLearning content and online courses.

When executed correctly, it makes the learning experience engaging, enjoyable, and educational. With the right blend of challenges, points, rules, and rewards, you can create eLearning experiences that are not just informative and engaging.

I encourage you to use these tips to transform your eLearning into an unforgettable experience that leaves a lasting impact on your learners.

The post How to Use Gamification in Your eLearning Content: Handy Tips appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Here’s a secret I’ve learned as someone who’s worked in the eLearning industry for the last 20 or so years: A good instructional designer cover letter can increase the chances of you capturing the attention of a hiring manager, getting an interview, and hopefully, landing the job.

Seriously, cover letters are incredibly underrated and often overlooked by a lot of applicants.

Don’t believe me? Consider this — in a recent survey of hiring managers by ResumeGenius, 49% of respondents said a strong cover letter can convince them to interview “an otherwise weak candidate” and about 1 in 5 hiring managers indicated that a bad cover letter can cause them to toss out a strong candidate’s application.

The cover letter doesn’t replace a good instructional designer resume, but it introduces you to an employer. It’s an opportunity to tell the employer about yourself in more detail than you can include on a resume, giving you a chance to pinpoint specifics about your education or experience that may pique a hiring manager’s interest in learning more about you. It can also be a great place to explain why you’re passionate about instructional design and this job opportunity in particular.

In the guide below, I’ll detail my exact process for writing a killer instructional design cover letter that’s gotten me tons of responses, and I’ll even provide you with some useful cover letter examples.

5 Steps to Writing an Instructional Design Cover Letter

I recommend that you always send a cover letter with your resume or employment application.

A cover letter can set you apart from the competition.

Technology has led to many job seekers being complacent. It’s easy to attach your resume to an email or upload it to the employer’s resume submission platform while ignoring the cover letter.

However, when you fail to include a cover letter, you miss the opportunity to have what equates to a personal conversation with the hiring manager for the instructional design job.

1. Before You Write Your Instructional Designer Cover Letter

Before you write your cover letter, you need to spend a little time doing some research.

I always like to do a deep dive internet search on the organization to learn more about its company culture, community engagement, and reputation. Pore over their website, blog posts, social media pages, customer reviews, press mentions…all of it.

This will help you to tailor your instructional design cover letter in a way that speaks directly to the employer’s needs and interests.

You will be able to address some commonalities that you and the organization share which can go a long way to helping you create a very strong cover letter.

I would ask yourself this question, “If I were a hiring manager, what would I want to know about a candidate for an instructional designer position?”

Make a list of what you think would be the most desirable skills and traits. Narrow the list down to two or three technical ID skills or talents you can use as talking points in the letter’s body to showcase that you’re a strong candidate for the job. This will help you avoid writing a cover letter that is too long.

Review the job announcement or job description carefully, highlight keywords and phrases, and compare them with your resume. Look for comparable words in your resume. When writing your cover letter, you can use the keywords where they naturally fit.

2. Prepare Your Instructional Design Cover Letter with an Applicant Tracking System in Mind

When you send a cover letter digitally, the first reviewer may be an applicant tracking system. The system will scan your letter for keywords and phrases to determine if your application should move forward for human review.

Some formatting and writing can get your cover letter kicked out of the system, and a hiring manager will never see it.

Make your cover letter scan-friendly by keeping our text and layout simple with no unusual fonts, bold text, or bullets. If you must include bullet points, use hyphens where you would place bullets. Use the language or keywords that you read in the job announcement to talk about your qualifications.

3. Professional Cover Letter Format

Before you write your instructional designer cover letter, you should know how to format it to look organized, professional, and implore the receiver to take more than a glance at it.

Here’s how I do it:

Use one-inch margins, and leave one space between the heading and date, between the organization’s address and the salutation, and between the salutation and the greeting. Single space each paragraph and leave one space between each paragraph. Leave one space between the last paragraph and the complimentary closing.

After the complimentary closing, leave three spaces and then type your name. You will sign the letter between the complimentary closing and your typed name.

Let’s look carefully at each section of your cover letter and what it should include:

• Contact Information
• Greeting
• Introduction
• Body
• Concluding paragraph
• Complimentary Closing

Your contact information

At the top of your cover letter, you will place your personal contact information, including your name, street address, city and state, phone number, and email. Some experts call this the heading. Where you place your heading, or the personal contact information is a preference. You can create a personalized letterhead by centering the heading. You can also justify it at the top left or place it at the right of the page over the employer’s contact information.

For security reasons, consider whether to include your home address or phone number, especially if you email your cover letter separately from the employer’s secure online platform. After you complete your contact information, skip a line, and enter the date, then skip a line to enter the employer’s contact information.

Employer’s Contact Information

The employer’s contact information should include the hiring manager’s name, company name, company address, city, state, and zip code.

Salutation or Greeting

It is common to see the greetings such as “To Whom It May Concern.” However, if possible, I recommend making your greeting or salutation line personal. In my experience, more times than not you can find the hiring manager’s name on the organization’s website, or you can call and ask for the name. If you can’t find the name of the individual who might review your cover letter, you can use a generic salutation such as “To Whom It May Concern.”

Introduction

Your introduction or opening paragraph is where you tell the prospective employer who you are and why the position interests you. I’ve heard from more than a few of my friends who are hiring managers that they only spend a few seconds glancing at a typical cover letter and if they aren’t immediately hooked, they won’t read the whole thing.

This paragraph is where you want to catch the reader’s attention and hopefully get him or her to read the entire letter and move on to your resume.

For example, I don’t think you need to say, “I am writing to express my interest in the instructional designer position you advertised.” The hiring manager already knows you are interested in the position.

The opening of your letter is where you want to grab the reader’s attention and generate some curiosity about you.

Try opening the letter with a statement like, “I was thrilled to learn about an instructional designer position with your company.” Wording your opening in this way shows enthusiasm and passion and may make the reader curious enough to keep reading to determine why you are “thrilled” about the job.

You might begin telling your story with a sentence that describes why the employer should consider you for the job: “For over 15 years, I have led teams in developing strong training programs that resulted in positive outcomes, including reduced waste and increased revenue.”

If an employee of the company referred you for the position, it is appropriate to mention that information because it could carry some weight with a hiring manager.

Body

In your instructional design cover letter’s body, you provide information about your experience and why you should be the top contender for the job. If I am a hiring manager, I want to know what sets you apart from the hundreds of other people applying for this job.

The first paragraph in the body provides an opportunity to dive deeper into your qualifications. You don’t need to repeat most of your resume, but you want to convince the reader to look at your resume.

However, when you submit a digital cover letter, you can include a link to your instructional designer portfolio. The link is likely to grab the reader’s attention, making him or her curious enough to click to see where it will lead. As a result, the hiring manager will see your portfolio, which brings your qualifications to life.

If you need to share other details, you can add a second paragraph to keep the page from being cluttered. However, keep it brief so that the letter doesn’t run beyond one page. The second paragraph provides the opportunity to let the reader know that you understand the organization’s goals and values. For example, if you know the company supports a cause you care about, you can mention that.

Concluding Paragraph

The concluding paragraph is where you wrap up your letter and include a call to action. Your goal here is to get the hiring manager to contact you for an interview. This is where you thank the reader and make the appeal for an interview. After writing your conclusion, sign your letter.

Complimentary Closing

This section contains a closing word or phrase such as “Sincerely” or “Thank you,” space for your signature, and your typed name and title(s) when appropriate.

4. Proofread Your Cover Letter

Once you complete the first draft of your cover letter, it’s time to proofread it carefully. You want to make sure this is a high quality, professional cover letter that doesn’t have any mistakes that make you look careless.

Start with the contact information. Ensure that your contact information is correct. The last thing you want to happen is that an employer can’t contact you for an interview because of a typo. You should also check the organization’s address. It would be embarrassing to make an error in the employer’s address, especially as an instructional designer who should pay attention to details.

Continue proofreading the remainder of your letter for grammatical errors and spelling. If you have a grammar checker, use it. Read the letter out loud, or if you have a screen narrator, you can use that to read your text. Allow the letter to rest for a few hours and reread it. Chances are you will discover areas where you can make improvements.

Many writing experts say you should not proofread your own work. They mean that when a writer is so familiar with the work, it may be difficult to catch all the errors. After you proofread your cover letter, ask someone to be honest with you to critique your letter for errors and clarity. You can ask a friend, family member, or a professor. Just make sure the person you ask has some knowledge of spelling and grammar and will be honest when giving feedback.

Once the proofreading process is complete and you have made adjustments, your letter will be ready to send to the employer.

Sample Instructional Designer Cover Letter Example

The following is an instructional design cover letter example:
Click here to download in PDF.

Jane Doe
645 Any St.
Any Place, SC 00000

October 28, 2020

Mr. John Smith
The Learning Company
109 Learning Lane, Ste. 305
Any Place, SC 00015

Dear Mr. Smith

I was excited to learn of the open position of Senior Instructional Designer at The Learning Company. Instructional Design is truly my passion. After working for five years in the field, I am ready and prepared to assume a senior role.

Based on the job announcement, you need an instructional designer who can lead a team of subject matter experts, writers, software developers, and trainers in designing instructional resources for organizations without in-house instructional design teams. My experience includes instructional design and development. I am proficient in several course authoring tools and eLearning software development. You can click here for an online portfolio of my work samples.

One aspect of your company that I find impressive is your summer internship program that gives students in master’s and graduate certificate programs opportunities to work with seasoned instructional design professionals. I know how important it is for aspiring instructional designers to have hands-on experience when looking for their first job. I would love to serve as a mentor to interns.

I appreciate your taking the time to consider my application, and I would be honored to meet with you to discuss what I can bring to your company. You can reach me at (555) 555-5555 or by email at jane@mymail.com. I look forward to hearing from you.

Sincerely

Jane Doe

The sample cover letter example introduces the candidate in the opening paragraph. In the body, the candidate offers an overview of her instructional design experience and explains why she is an ideal candidate for the position by comparing specific experience and technical skills with what was mentioned in the job announcement.

The candidate also takes advantage of submitting the cover letter digitally by including a link to her portfolio site. In the third paragraph, she shares how her values align with the organization’s values of helping aspiring instructional designers gain professional experience through internships. In the closing paragraph, she includes a call to action to ask for an opportunity to meet with Mr. Smith and provide information on the needs to contact her.

5. Customize Each Cover Letter

Always customize your cover letter for the job. When you apply for several jobs, you may be tempted to make a few tweaks and use the same letter. However, you might mistakenly leave information from a past letter in the updated version. Start with a fresh perspective by writing a new letter.

FAQ

What is a cover letter?

A cover letter is an important document that accompanies your resume when you are applying for a job or other professional opportunity. Typically, this letter serves as a way to introduce yourself and your qualifications to potential employers, highlighting your most relevant skills and experience.

When should I send a cover letter?

A cover letter should always be submitted with your resume, unless the employer specifically says not to include one. With that said, there are certain situations where a cover letter might not be necessary, such as when applying for a job through an online application system that doesn’t allow you to upload additional documents.

Why are instructional designer cover letters important?

The cover letter is important part of any job application, as it gives hiring managers a chance to learn more about you and how you might be an excellent fit for the position. It gives the employer an opportunity to see what kind of attitude you have and how you express yourself. It also can explain any gaps in your employment history or unusual circumstances that might otherwise raise questions.

In addition, a cover letter can demonstrate that you have done your research on the company and explain why you think you would be a good fit for the position. Ultimately, a well-written cover letter can help you stand out from the crowd and increase your chances of getting an interview.

Useful Resources

• What is instructional design?
• What Do Instructional Designers Do?
• How to Become an Instructional Designer
• What Is the Purpose of a Cover Letter?
• Top 20 Instructional Design Interview Questions – How to Answer Them
• 5 Common Misconceptions About Instructional Designer Salaries
• The Best Instructional Design Courses Online
• Instructional Design Masters Programs
• Instructional Design Career Path
• Instructional Design vs Curriculum Development

A Final Word on Instructional Designer Cover Letters

Writing a great cover letter for an instructional design job takes time and practice, but practice makes perfect.

When you apply for an instructional design job, there might be other applicants with similar technical skills, but you can stand out with a powerful cover letter.

Whether you want to emphasize a skill, a major impact of work made at a previous job, or a degree or certificate you earned, with some thought and carefully crafted sentences, you can write a boss cover letter that will help move your application to the next step in the process.

Simply put, while a good cover letter can’t guarantee you a job, it can give you a better chance of getting your foot in the door.

Lastly, if you’re interested in getting more training in instructional design, we highly recommend checking out the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program from Emeritus. It’s an intensive, 5-month bootcamp that teaches the basics of instructional design, popular instructional design theories, best practices for implementation in an online learning environment, and a whole lot more.

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Have a question about writing your instructional design cover letter? Comment below so we can help you out.

The post 5 Things to Know Before Writing an Instructional Designer Cover Letter appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

With a solid salary and plenty of career path opportunities for advancement, there’s a lot to look forward to if you’re pursuing an instructional design career.

But, despite all of the potential benefits that come with working in the industry, finding instructional design jobs can be a challenge if you don’t know where to look. The jobs are certainly out there, but you just have to know where to find them.

As someone who’s been in the industry for about 20 years, I know exactly where to find jobs as an instructional designer. With dozens of years of finding clients and jobs for myself and many of my readers, I can tell you which sites are worth your time and which ones you should avoid.

In the guide below, I’ve put together a list of 26 of the very best places to find high-quality instructional design jobs of all types: entry-level, advanced, remote, in-person…you name it. From big-name job boards like Fiverr, Monster, and Indeed to niche higher ed-specific sites like eLearning Industry and Instructional Design Central, this list has it all.

Instructional Designer Job Resources

Here are the best job platforms organized by freelance systems, sites that focus on eLearning pros, niche instructional design job sites, and general job boards.

Freelance systems →
1. Fiverr →
2. Freelancer →
3. Upwork →
4. Golance →
5. Guru →
6. OnSite →
7. People Per Hour →
8. Work Hoppers →
eLearning Career Databases →
9. eLearning Industry →
10. eLearning Heroes →
Instructional Designer Focused Databases →
11. Instructional Design Central →
12. International Society for Performance Improvement (ISPI) Jobs →
13. ATD Job Bank →
14. Learning Guild →
15. Higher Ed Jobs →
16. Inside Higher Ed →
General Job Boards →
17. FlexJobs →
18. Craigslist →
19. Job.com →
20. Careerbuilder →
21. Glassdoor →
22. Indeed →
23. Monster →
24. The Ladder →
25. The Muse →
26. ZipRecruiter →

Sites to Find Freelance Instructional Design Jobs

Here are the top freelance systems used by the “gig” economy workers to find projects to do in instructional design.

1. Fiverr →

Fiverr is a terrific place to find freelance work and other freelancers if you have a team project. This system was named Fiverr because many simple jobs can be accomplished for a payment of only $5 on this system. But don’t let that fool you, the pay isn’t usually limited to such small amounts. Freelancers join this system to advertise their skills and respond to requests for proposals that come from clients who need work done.

A search for “instructional designer” turns up about 300 freelancers who have skills in this general design area and who offer their services on Fiverr. The system considers designing an instructional manual for a product to be in the category of instructional design, so it is a bit off the mark when you want to focus only on eLearning and educational materials for virtual classrooms.

You will find many freelancers from developing countries on this system who offer their services for a very low price. If you are just starting, or while learning about instructional design, you can use this system to pick up some extra money. However, it is not the place to find a career position in instructional design.

Fiverr charges the service purchaser a 5.5% service fee on the purchase amount. If your job pays under $75, an additional $2.50 small order fee will be applied. The service providers (freelancers) on Fiverr do not pay any fees.

2. Freelancer →

This is a system where those who wish to hire freelancers post a project. The pay offered for the projects may be a fixed price or at a rate per hour of work. The freelancers who use this system make a proposal in response to the projects offered. Members can chat with the clients who posted the project in real time. The one who posts the project has control over when the payment is released. Payment can be released as project goals are met (milestone payments) or on project completion. This choice is made by the client who posts the project.

I will point out that having the client with the sole authority to release payment is problematic if the instructions are confusing or incomplete and the client is difficult to satisfy. If you use this system be careful that you only work on projects with clear instructions and explicitly-defined project deliverables.

Freelancer charges a percentage of the successful projects you win and complete, which is a 10% fee (minimum $5).

3. Upwork →

Upwork is a competitor to Freelancer. Skilled professionals, who like to work independently, find plenty of work to do on this system. They offer their skills at the hourly rate they choose. From what I’ve seen, instructional designers on this Upwork charge between $25 to $100 per hour. On this system, you will find professionals with skills in lesson plan writing, curriculum development, eLearning design, training program development, employee onboarding, and learning management systems.

Upwork charges a percentage of the successful projects you win and complete. This is a 10% service fee on the total amount you billed the client. Upwork also offers premium memberships and subscription services with more benefits than standard members receive.

Learn more: You can see some examples of the skills that clients see when hunting for an instructional designer. These freelancers are the ones you will compete with, to win the projects on the Upwork system.

4. goLance →

Freelancers set up a profile on this system and give their hourly rate. You will see the rates from all over the world. The rates for workers from developing countries will be very low ($4 per hour), while freelancers from developed countries like the USA or the UK charge up to $80 per hour for instructional design services.

If you want to work from home and are comfortable with being on the clock, this is a good place to find projects to work on. Be aware that this system tracks your work by constantly spying on you using software that you download and run on your computer. You sign in and the system is constantly taking screenshots of what you are doing to make sure you are working on the client’s project when signed in. To succeed, you need to be focused on doing one job at a time during each work session.

In the past, goLance charged freelancers a 7.95% service fee, but they’ve recently switched to a sliding scale fee structure that’s a little more complicated. You can read about it here.

5. Guru →

Guru is a popular system with over one million freelancers offering their services. A search for “instructional design” shows over 21,000 results with freelancers charging from $10 to $100 per hour. It also shows the total past earnings of the freelancers so you can see how busy they are and how much money they made this year.

You can work as an individual freelancer on this system or as part of a team freelance group if you are a small business providing the services. One freelance group of eLearning system developers is shown as having earned nearly $300,000 on the Guru system during a recent year.

You can find projects on this system that pay well. When starting on this system as a newbie, it is a bit challenging to get the experience and win projects because you are competing against the top experts on Guru. However, if you land some projects, and build up a client base on this system, you will have a steady workflow.

The commission fee on Guru is 9% for a standard free account. If you join as a member and pay a monthly membership fee, this commission fee is lowered depending on the plan you choose.

6. OnSite →

This is a UK-based system. Freelancers and job seekers have to apply to be approved. This is a matching service for job seekers and recruiters. It is the online equivalent of a “head hunter” talent agency. The recruiters pay the system if they hire any of the job seekers that are approved for participation in the system.

Only about 20% of the applicants are invited to join. The membership is free but requires an invitation to join. You get an invitation by giving a link to your online portfolio with examples of your work. The turnaround time for the approval of applicants is 48 hours.

7. People Per Hour →

This system is used by freelancers who are available to be hired by the hour or by the project. A search for “instructional design” turns up about 80 freelancers on this system with those skills. The hourly rates range from a low of $8 per hour for a person with basic instructional design skills to $100 per hour for a highly-certified specialist with a Master’s degree.

This system is very popular with clients who post many projects because they pay a one-time fee of $265 to become a member. Then, they can post all the projects that they want. The freelancers pay a 20% commission fee for the first $350 they earn from a single client, then a 7.5% commission fee up to $7,000 from the same client, and thereafter a 3.5% fee on any lifetime earnings from the same client that is over the $7,000 threshold.

The best way to use this system is to find a client that has many projects. Work for the same client until you meet the threshold to lower your commission rate to 3.5%. The result of this strategy is you get a raise for the work you do for that same client thereafter.

8. Work Hoppers →

This freelance system is free for the freelancers and you set your rate. There is no commission deducted from your pay. You negotiate directly with the client, setting the pay rate by the hour or by the project.

The client pays a monthly advertising fee of $39 for one job listing, $199 per month for multiple job listings, and $389 per month for the enterprise edition for multiple job listings. As soon as the job is filled, the advertising can be canceled.

Since this is a free service for the workers, unlike the other freelance systems that charge a commission, I highly recommend you give it a try. However, all the client relations and the responsibility for collecting the invoice due from the client is your duty. Many clients are not good at paying their bills. To use this system effectively, you have to know how to deal with clients effectively with both your project work and also payment collection.

eLearning Career Databases

The career databases focus more on educators and instructional designers.

9. eLearning Industry →

A search on this eLearning job database produced about 50 excellent choices of positions in instructional design. This is an important system to check for those who have many years of experience in instructional design and want a top-level position. For example, the minimum work experience for the best positions is eight or nine years. Senior-level instructional designers can get paid extremely well and may work from their home office.

This is a good system to check for jobs in non-US locations. Many countries have special work-visa programs for instructional designers due to the lack of a sufficient number of qualified candidates in their countries. Other non-US companies allow working from a remote location, so there is no need to limit your job search to where you live if you are willing to work remotely.

10. eLearning Heroes →

You may find jobs listed here that are not advertised elsewhere. There are not that many listings (less than 40); however, they are from good sources. In addition to being a resource to check when looking for a job, this is a community of your peers in eLearning. You can get excellent career advice and build up a support network of those working in this field. Strike up a conversation by reading and responding to the community posts on the forum.

Learn more: On this system, there is an interesting recent article about the status of the eLearning profession that is helpful. It is entitled 3 Big Reasons Why Now Is a Good Time to Be an E-Learning Pro.

Instructional Designer-Focused Job Sites

These are very specific websites for instructional designers.

11. Instructional Design Central →

This website focuses exclusively on instructional designers. It usually has about 25 to 50 job listings from businesses, non-profits, government agencies, and academia.

Learn more: It is helpful for your professional development to participate in the international community of instructional designers. Here is the resource page that gives the links of how to connect to the Instructional Design Central (IDC) community on various social media.

12. ISPI Jobs →

This system has a few instructional designer jobs (under ten) and occasionally has positions for interns in this field, which can help those who no job history to get some experience while going to school to become certified. If you register for a job seeker account, you can also post your resume on this website to help employers find you.

13. ATD Job Bank →

The ATD Job bank focuses on job openings in the field of training and development. When I searched on the system, there were over 700 job listings for instructional designers. They offer a nice service on how to improve your résumé with a free review.

This system offers education courses that lead to getting your ATD certification using a new Talent Development Capability Model. You can choose to join the community of more than 36,000 professionals in talent development, by paying for an annual membership.

Learn More: Find out about the ATD certification program.

14. Learning Guild →

The Learning Guild is a professional association of eLearning professionals. Membership is free. This is a good group to join for personal networking with others in the same field. Networking among professionals in instructional design may allow you to find out about a position that is becoming available, which is not advertised.

Learn More: There are many resources in the library on the subject of instructional design.

15. Higher Ed Jobs →

A search on this system showed close to 200 open positions for instructional designers. These are job listings for working in higher education such as four-year universities and colleges, and two-year community colleges.

Most of the positions offered on this system require on-site work with only a few allowing remote work. These are brick and mortar educational facilities that are hiring staff to work at their physical locations. The listings are heavily-weighted toward advanced degree programs. To qualify for these jobs, instructional designers should be comfortable and experienced working at a high-level in the educational system with a Master’s degree required for most of these jobs.

16. Inside Higher Ed →

Inside Higher Ed is a popular resource for all who are involved in higher education including educators, administrators, and institutions. The website has over 3.5 million monthly readers and offers a subscription service. It has a free, searchable job database to search for positions. Using the keywords of “instructional design” turns up over 6,000 positions listed, which range from leading instructional designer positions to recruiting educators with instructional design skills.

You can set the parameters of where you are looking for a position at the city/state level and give a range of 20 to 100 miles to search from a specific location. After you conduct a free search, you can easily set up email reminders for new job listings that meet your criteria. If you find a position of interest you can apply online through the website or by using the links provided in the job listing.

General Job Boards

These general job boards have millions of job listings. They are very useful to compare job offerings for instructional designers in various locations across America. If you can relocate, you can get a terrific, high-paying job in many places that desperately need instructional designers.

17. FlexJobs →

This job listing system requires a paid membership. There is a 14-day trial available at the time of this writing for $2.95. Membership is $23.95 per month or $71.40 per year if you pay for a year in advance.

Flex Jobs specializes in flexible jobs, which may include some in-person work mixed with remote work, remote-only work, and work-from-home opportunities. Project work, contract work, part-time jobs, and full-time employment offers are available for consideration. You can search by keywords and location. You can filter the search by the level of remote work you wish to find.

A search for “instructional designer” gave more than 3,500 results from the database of 100,000+ jobs. About 40% of the jobs offered are completely remote work, 10% of the jobs offered are remote during the pandemic, 20% are partially remote work, 25% offer remote work options, and 5% are on-site work.

If you filter the search by the “Education & Training” category you will be able to drill down to the specific instructional designer positions. When I searched, I found about 300 open positions. Many are interesting including some looking for a professor to teach instructional design.

18. Craigslist →

Craigslist existed since before the Internet was popularized. It started as an online bulletin board system. It has been useful for more than 25 years since its inception. It is a popular free-to-use, online, classified ad system, where you can read the jobs offered and make a “job wanted” posting.

Craigslist does little to remove fraudsters and scammers so be very careful if you use this system. Do not do a lot of project work for clients who you do not know. Ask for milestone payments to limit your risk of not being paid.

19. Job.com →

Job seekers do not pay to use this system. The recruiters and employers who post job listings on the system pay if they hire you. You must have a resume to be able to use the Job.com system. Job placement is based on an algorithmic analysis of your resume. If you do not already have a great instructional design resume, make sure you do before you register and try to use this system. Hire a professional resume writer, if need be, to help you.

Job.com often has a promo going where they will give you a 5% signing bonus for every job you get hired for that is found through this system. The signing bonus is paid 90 days after you start work and continue in good standing at your new employer.

20. CareerBuilder →

CareerBuilder lives up to its name. I searched for “instructional designer” and found almost 300 exciting positions in the USA that are looking for someone right now. After you register, you set up your profile information in this system with your background information. Many of the advertised positions have an Easy Apply feature. All you have to do is click on it. Registered members can have job search alerts sent to your email address automatically. Registrations for job seekers on this system are free. The job positions are paid for by the recruiters to list them.

This system has a very helpful warning that applies to any online job system. It warns never to give your social security number to a prospective employer, provide a credit card number, give your bank account information, or conduct any sort of monetary transaction. Many scammers use these systems to offer fake jobs just to steal personal information. Verify who you are applying with by calling the company, checking their phone number with the Better Business Bureau, and doing a background check. Conduct any necessary due diligence on them to make sure the company is legitimate.

21. Glassdoor →

The uniqueness of this system is that not only do you find wonderful job listings, you also see the feedback about how it is to work at the company. Feedback comes from the people who already work there or used to work there. They can give feedback anonymously. This is helpful. If you are building a career and want to make sure each step is beneficial, having this “insider” information is invaluable.

Stay away from a company that has a poor rating on Glass Door because it will likely be a nightmare to work there. Another nice tool is the salary estimator and comparison tool. Use this tool to see if a salary offered is competitive with other jobs in the same field in a similar area, at the same level of expertise and experience.

22. Indeed →

Using the Indeed system is encouraging for instructional designers. The search returned over 6,500 job opportunities for instructional designers in the United States. That is truly amazing.

The first one I saw listed, offers an annual salary of $62,000 with the full benefits of paid vacation time, paid sick leave, and health care insurance. This opposition would be working as an instructional designer for a healthcare training company. The hiring need is listed as urgent. You would win this job today if you have the qualifications. The company only requires you to have a degree with certification in instructional design and have completed two projects in this field that you can show to the employer. And, you can work remotely.

If that does not appeal to you, many projects pay $80 per hour. This rate of $80 per hour is the equivalent of earning $160,000 a year for working 40 hours per week for 50 weeks a year. Are you getting excited about your career of becoming an instructional designer now? You
should be.

Learn more: Take a look at the search results for instructional design to see what you can find. Then, upload your résumé to find a nice position to apply for and you will be on your way to success.

23. Monster →

Monster is one of the largest job-listing websites with millions of job openings advertised. The search on Monster for instructional designer jobs that I performed, returned more than 2,200 job openings across America for a person with these skills.

It was nice to see positions advertised that are for a junior instructional designer that is certified with a Bachelor’s degree in instructional design but has minimal or no work experience. These entry-level positions pay around $45,000 to $55,000 per year. After three years, you can expect to earn $85,000 to $100,000 annually as a senior Curriculum Instructional Designer.

24. The Ladders →

Feeling pretty excited about your job experience as an instructional designer? Do you have more than three years of experience at a senior level? Why not try to see if you qualify for the positions listed on The Ladders. All the positions on this system pay over $100,000 per year.

If you already have a Facebook or Google account you can search for jobs on the website by using one-click to log in. If you do not have either of those accounts, you can register by using your email address.

The Ladders is a system used by recruiters to fill senior-level executive positions. If you are already employed, you can search the system to see what other positions might be available for a lateral career move that increases your pay.

25. The Muse →

The search I did on The Muse for “industrial designer” turned up about a hundred terrific positions to choose from that are very attractive. Some examples are Amazon is hiring for locations all over the country and all the big names in technology such as Facebook and Google are hiring instructional designers also.

The abundance of positions offered at the top companies shows how high the demand is for the workers who have these skills and certifications.

Here are the important qualifications required by Amazon so you can get an idea of what is needed to get the highest-paid positions:

1. You must have a Master’s-level degree in instructional design or a related field.
2. You must have certification in instructional design, curriculum development, project management, and content-special certifications such as PMP, CPLP, and CPT certifications are required.
3. You must have experience with learning management system (LMS) architecture and system deployment.

26. ZipRecruiter →

ZipRecruiter considers an instructional designer as part of the general category of a designer. There are so many designer jobs of various types. The search I performed returned over 60,000 designer jobs in the USA. Then, when I used the filter of job title and selected “instructional designer,” it showed 93 job openings. That is how to drill down in this system to find the job listings you want to see.

The jobs listed in this system are high-level. They include positions offered by universities and scientific companies. There are some nice positions offered in beautiful locations such as Scottsdale, Arizona for an annual salary of $75,000 and Silicon Valley, California for $85,000 per year. These positions require three years of experience.

Useful Resources

• What is instructional design?
• How to Become an Instructional Designer
• The Best Instructional Design Courses Online
• Instructional Design Masters Programs
• How to Write an Instructional Design Cover Letter

A Final Word on Finding Instructional Design Jobs

As I said in the beginning, the field of instructional design is growing exponentially. Many amazing jobs remain unfilled because of the excessive demand for instructional designers.

I look forward to seeing your career success!

Still have questions about finding instructional design jobs? Have a tip you’d like to share? Let us know by leaving a comment below.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

The post The 26 Best Places to Find Instructional Design Jobs: Remote, Entry-Level, Freelance, & More appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Instructional designers are more in demand than ever before, and the industry is showing no signs of slowing down. A career as an instructional designer can be very satisfying and lucrative, and by following the steps below, you can be on your way to this exciting career in no time.

Did you know that with the right qualifications and education, you can become an instructional designer in as little as 5 months in some cases?

I have a background in instructional design that spans nearly 20 years, but I remember how daunting it was starting out in the field. I’ve leaned on my own personal experience to put together the comprehensive guide below where you’ll get an in-depth look into everything that goes into becoming an instructional designer, the qualifications and skills you need to succeed, and even how to land your first job.

Feel free to bookmark this page and reference it as often as you need to on your journey to launching a career in instructional design.

Disclosure: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, meaning at no additional cost for you, we might get a commission if you click the link and purchase.

Understanding the Role of an Instructional Designer

An instructional designer is responsible for creating educational materials and programs that are engaging, effective, and tailored to the learning needs of the intended audience. They work closely with subject matter experts to develop content, design and develop interactive learning activities, and create assessments and evaluations to measure learning outcomes.

Instructional designers work in a wide range of industries, including educational institutions, businesses, government agencies, and nonprofits.

They need to be creative problem-solvers who can think critically about how best to present educational materials in various digital formats.

In addition to their technical skills, instructional designers also need to be excellent communicators and collaborators, as they work with a variety of stakeholders such as teachers, administrators, executives, and vendors to ensure the success of their projects.

Instructional design plays a crucial role in shaping the learning experiences of students. Effective instructional design is not just about providing information to learners, it also involves creating an engaging and interactive environment that encourages learners to explore, ask questions, and participate actively.

When instructional design is done right, it can lead to more effective learning experiences, higher levels of student retention and comprehension, and better outcomes overall.

The impact of instructional design on learning experiences is significant, as it can make the difference between a forgettable lecture and a truly transformative educational experience.

Why Become an Instructional Designer?

Everybody’s reason for becoming an instructional designer is different. For me, instructional design is a passion. It all started back when the internet was first gaining popularity in the late 90s. I saw a world of possibilities with the internet, realizing it was going to revolutionize the way we learned. For years, I dove headfirst into all things eLearning, and eventually, I started taking some online courses in instructional design and got the training I needed to work in the field.

However, I realize not everyone has a burning desire to become an instructional desire purely out of passion.

The truth is that instructional design is an exciting and fulfilling career path for those who enjoy combining creativity, technology, and education. This field is all about designing learning experiences to meet specific goals and needs, whether through traditional classroom instruction, eLearning modules, or other digital media.

Not only is it a fascinating way to help others acquire knowledge, but it also offers a range of benefits and rewards for those who pursue it.

Instructional designers typically enjoy above-average salaries, with opportunities for growth and advancement. Additionally, this career allows for flexibility and the ability to work independently or collaboratively with a team.

Most importantly, the impact that instructional designers have is immeasurable as they help to shape the minds of future generations.

If you have a passion for education and a desire to make a difference, then a career in instructional design could be the right choice for you.

5 Steps to Becoming an Instructional Designer

Now that you have a better idea of what they do and the perks of being one, let’s break down the step-by-step process of how to become an instructional designer. This is the same 5-step process I followed as I broke into the field.

Step 1: Research and Self-Assessment

Before diving into the world of instructional design, it’s essential to take the first step: research and self-assessment.

This initial stage involves delving deep into the field of instructional design, learning about its fascinating history, various specializations, best practices, and more.

It also involves looking into the different job opportunities that exist for instructional designers across a range of industries. Do you want to work for a corporation or as a freelancer? Do you want to work in a nonprofit/charity setting or the education sector?

These are all important questions to consider before taking any further steps.

At this stage, you’ll also want to take some time to assess your own skills and interests as it relates to instructional design. This involves taking a good, hard look at your personal skills, interests, and educational background to identify where your strengths and weaknesses lie.

What skills do you have that could be beneficial in the field? Are there any areas where you need more training or education?

It’s only once you’ve got a clear picture of both the field and yourself that you’re fully equipped to embark on the exciting journey toward becoming an instructional designer.

Step 2: Acquiring the Necessary Education and Skills

The second step in this process is getting the necessary education to learn the skills required for the job.

Ray Schroeder, a nationally respected and connected leader in higher education online learning and UPCEA Senior Fellow, told us that it’s important to “Engage in learning about learning and discover how people learn. Pursue an understanding of models of teaching and learning. Get familiar with the tools and technologies that are currently used to deliver, reinforce and assess learning.”

You might think this involves going to college, but as I learned through my own experience breaking into the industry, there are a number of online instructional design certification programs available that can help you get the training you need.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Our personal favorite is the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design from Emeritus. This 5-month program covers all the basics and provides a comprehensive education in all aspects of instructional design.

The field of instructional design is growing rapidly, and the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program is the perfect way to gain the expertise needed to succeed in this dynamic industry.

Through this program, you’ll learn all aspects of instructional design, including how to incorporate technology into your teaching strategies and create custom training programs for businesses and educational institutions.

But it’s not just about gaining knowledge; it’s also about forming relationships.

As an Emeritus student in the program, you’ll have the opportunity to build connections with fellow students and instructors, enhancing your professional network in the process.

And as part of the Emeritus community, you’ll be surrounded by a supportive and interconnected group of individuals who are all working toward the same goal: excelling in the field of instructional design.

Click here to learn more about the program and request a free brochure.

Step 3: Gaining Practical Experience

Building real, hands-on experience is an essential step in the journey to becoming a successful instructional designer. While education provides the necessary theoretical foundation, it is through practical application that you as an aspiring professional to hone your skills, develop your unique style, and showcase your expertise to potential employers.

Creating a portfolio of instructional design projects allows you to demonstrate your capabilities and creativity. It provides a tangible representation of your skills in designing and developing instructional materials, such as eLearning modules, training programs, or multimedia presentations.

A well-curated instructional design portfolio showcases your ability to analyze learning needs, design effective learning experiences, and apply instructional strategies tailored to specific audiences.

Seeking internships or entry-level positions in the instructional design field is a good way to get invaluable hands-on experience.

Working under the guidance of experienced professionals exposes you as an aspiring designer to real-world projects, collaborative environments, and industry best practices. This experience helps you understand the practical challenges and considerations involved in instructional design, such as project management, client communication, and working within budget and time constraints.

It also allows you to build connections and learn from mentors who can provide valuable guidance and feedback.

I’m also a big advocate for engaging in freelance or volunteer opportunities as another effective way to gain practical experience and showcase skills. Freelancing offers the chance to work on diverse projects for different clients, which enhances versatility and adaptability. Volunteering for nonprofit organizations or educational institutions provides an opportunity to contribute to meaningful causes while gaining practical experience.

These experiences not only demonstrate a commitment to the field but also allow you to refine your problem-solving skills, adapt to different project requirements, and build a professional network.

Step 4: Networking

Networking plays a crucial role in the journey of becoming an instructional designer. These activities help you stay updated with industry trends, expand your knowledge and skills, and connect with like-minded individuals.

Joining professional organizations and attending industry conferences provide valuable opportunities to network with fellow instructional designers, educators, and industry experts. These events foster knowledge exchange, collaboration, and mentorship.

By actively engaging in these professional communities, aspiring designers can gain insights into emerging instructional design practices, share experiences, and build relationships that can lead to career opportunities.

Additionally, professional organizations often offer resources, workshops, and certifications that enhance professional growth and credibility.

I’ve also found that articipating in online communities and forums dedicated to instructional design is a good way to connect with a global network of experts and peers.

Dr. Nancy Rubin, a  participant at many conferences, published in educational journals, and the Associate Managing Editor for the Journal of Literacy and Technology, said it’s important for aspiring instructional designers to “join conversations on Twitter, engage in Twitter Chats (there are many each week,) [and] build [their] personal network on LinkedIn.”

These platforms provide spaces for discussions, sharing best practices, and seeking advice. By actively participating, individuals can gain diverse perspectives, receive feedback on their work, and stay updated with the latest industry advancements.

Online communities may even sometimes offer opportunities to collaborate on projects, explore job openings, and establish a personal brand within the instructional design community.

Step 5: Landing the Job

You’ve reached the final step of becoming an instructional designer — landing a job.

As I’ve preached countless times on this site, it all starts with having a great instructional designer resume and writing engaging cover letters that showcase the skills and experiences you have acquired throughout your journey.

Once your resume is ready, it’s time to search for a job. Start by looking into educational institutions or private companies that specialize in eLearning solutions and instructional design services.

You can also reach out to recruiters who specialize in instructional design positions.

I highly recommend checking out our guide to the best sites to find instructional design job opportunities as it’s loaded with tons of useful resources that can help you land a great job.

After a while, the interview opportunities should start rolling in. As an instructional designer, preparing for a job interview can be nerve-wracking. However, adequate preparation can help you ace the interview and land your dream job.

Make sure to research the company’s mission, values, and products to get a better grasp of what their expectations are for instruction design.

Practice answering common instructional design interview questions and think of scenarios that demonstrate your ability to design effective learning environments.

Lastly, be confident, maintain eye contact, dress professionally, and express enthusiasm for the potential opportunity.

Final Thoughts on How to Become an Instructional Designer

Becoming an instructional designer requires dedication, hard work, and a willingness to learn.

The good news is that with the right resources and commitment, anyone can join this exciting field and develop a successful career.

Above all, the best piece of parting advice I can offer is to never stop learning — new technologies are being introduced to the field continually. Always be open to progress and embrace change as it can help you create truly innovative learning experiences.

Good luck on your journey to becoming a successful instructional designer!

Have any questions about how to become an instructional designer? Let us know by leaving a comment below.

The post How to Become an Instructional Designer: Step-by-Step Guide appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

As a longtime instructional designer, I know that a good resume in this space has to go far beyond just your education and experience. My goal when compiling a resume is to create a lasting impression and to stand out from other instructional designers. I want to propel my application to the top of candidates that an employer contacts for an interview.

But even as an experienced eLearning professional with nearly 20 years in the industry, I know that writing a resume can be a daunting and stressful task for many people. The pressure to create a document that effectively showcases one’s skills, experience, and qualifications can cause anxiety and unease. There’s also the uncertainty about what employers are looking for in a resume, making it difficult to know where to focus your efforts.

In this article, I’ll share my insights from my decades as an eLearning pro, showing you what I’ve found works best when drafting a resume as an instructional designer.

What Should Be Included in An Instructional Design Resume?

Before we get into specific tips for polishing your own resume, let’s talk about the elements you have to make sure are included.

A good instructional designer resume template has the following:

Contacts

The contact section might seem like a no-brainer, but it’s a vital resume element.

Make sure that the employer can reach you through your contact information.

If it’s been a while since you edited your resume, some of your contact information may be outdated.

The email address you provide in your contact section should make you sound like a serious contender. If I use email addresses like partyhard@mymail.com or sugarpie@kmail.com, a prospective employer may question my judgment or maturity. A current work email is also not an appropriate choice; neither is a shared or family email address.

Use an easy-to-remember email address containing your first and last name, without a cutesy or provocative theme.

Your contact information should also include a reliable telephone number. The number should connect a caller to a phone that you will be sure to answer. I wouldn’t take the risk of another person answering my phone with loud music playing or a child having a temper tantrum in the background.

If you plan to post your resume online, for safety reasons, consider omitting your home address.

A current phone number and email address should be sufficient for an employer to contact you for an interview.

Personal Information

Providing too much personal information might lead to a hiring manager weeding you out and not offering an interview. It’s a fine balance between sharing relevant information and safeguarding your privacy is paramount.

Let me give you an example. As much as I hate to admit it, I’m a bit older than most other instructional designers out there. And while I prefer to think of myself as seasoned and experienced, I also realize that my age might keep me from getting my foot in the door with some employers, so I leave that info off my resume.

While age, gender, and other personal details are legally protected and should not influence hiring decisions, providing them on your resume can inadvertently create opportunities for bias and unconscious discrimination. Opting to include such information, even innocently, might lead a hiring manager to make unwarranted assumptions or judgments that can hinder your chances of landing an interview.

In fact, omitting non-essential personal information from your resume is a strategic move that shifts the focus onto your qualifications, experiences, and achievements – the aspects that truly matter in showcasing your suitability for the role.

With that in mind, it’s often best to omit the following from your instructional designer resume:

• Age
• Children
• Citizenship
• Disability
• Gender
• Marital status

Experience

The experience section should include employers, dates, positions, and a brief description of your duties for each job.

Did you develop classroom training programs and course materials in the past? What role did you play in that curriculum development? Have you created an online course? Have you used certain learning management systems to deliver training materials?

If you apply for an entry-level position, and have limited work experience, highlight relevant volunteer experience.

Skills

The skills section of your instructional designer resume lists the abilities and talents related to the job you hope to land. I recommend talking about both your hard and soft skills here.

After listing your duties in the experience section, you can further explain how you accomplished tasks in the skills section.

If I worked as a project manager, in the technical skills section, I might highlight my skill of selecting project management software that helped me to manage my team successfully and keep projects on track.

I also might talk about which learning management system I’m proficient in using for developing training materials and online courses.

You can also include some of the key soft skills you possess that make you a good valued employee, like critical thinking, collaboration, adaptability, and so on.

Education

Your resume’s education section shows where you went to school, the degrees you earned, and the dates you attended. Even if you did not finish a degree, add your educational information.

If you earned other academic credentials such as certificates from an instructional design bootcamp or course, include that information.

Additional Information

In this section, you can list anything that you feel is important for the employer to consider in making a hiring decision. Some ideas I’ve used on my own resume in the past include:

• Awards and recognition
• Continuing education courses
• Certifications and licenses
• Hobbies
• Other languages you speak

7 Steps for Writing a Killer Instructional Designer Resume

Imagine reading hundreds of resumes each day.

It is impossible to read every word, which is why resume experts recommend including essential information that sets your resume apart from others because around seven seconds is said to be the most time a hiring manager spends scanning your resume.

If I’m the hiring manager reviewing instructional design resumes, I want to see one that draws me in and encourages me to keep reading.

The same thing happens while writing an instructional design cover letter.

When you email or upload your resume, it may be “weeded out” before it gets to the individual responsible for reviewing it.

Here are a few tricks I’ve learned that can help your resume get noticed by hiring managers:

• Read the position description carefully.
• Keep the format simple.
• Re-imagine the objective statement.
• Determine whether you should include your graduation year(s).
• Use keywords
• Describe the impacts of your work.
• Link your resume to your instructional designer portfolio (if you don’t have a portfolio, you can easily create one with Squarespace or another website builder).

1. Read the Position Description Carefully

Before you develop a resume for an instructional designer job, read the position description carefully.

If you’re like me, you have a professional resume on hand that you might use to apply for instructional designer jobs.

Maybe you think you can make a few tweaks, and it will be ready to go. However, read the position description carefully and pay attention to the duties and skills needed.

If you want your instructional designer resume to be competitive, you will need to update it to fit the description.

Here’s something I found out years back — the first person to review your resume may have limited knowledge of instructional design. They might assume that if the language in your resume and the job description do not match, you don’t qualify for the job, and they’ll move on to other instructional designers who have applied.

Updating your resume to fit industry language is an easy fix that takes a little time and effort. The section on keywords offers more insight into terms and phrases commonly found in listings for instructional designer positions to use in your resume.

2. Keep the resume format simple

Many of us still put together resumes that are fine when sent by regular mail. However, for most instructional design jobs, you will submit your resume to an employer digitally. You might attach it to an email or upload it directly to a company’s human resource department.

For this reason, make your resume easy for an applicant tracking system to read.

In many instances, a hiring manager or recruiter may not read your resume because the tracking system might eliminate it when the algorithm cannot determine whether you are qualified for the position.

I’ve found that the ideal instructional designer resume format uses plain text rather than fancy fonts, bold text, and bullets that digital resume readers may not recognize. Although you can send your resume as a PDF or Word document, the plain text usually works best when you upload a resume to an applicant tracking system.

When you type your resume in plain text, avoid bold text, and replace your bullets with dashes or hyphens.

3. Reimagine Your Objective Statement

I cannot tell you how many resumes I have reviewed that have objective statements.

Whether you should open your ID resume with an objective is debatable, but many experts and hiring managers I’ve talked to say the objective is outdated. They recommend using a resume summary statement instead.

Consider the following example of an objective statement: “Seeking a position that will allow me to grow my skills as an instructional designer.”

If I am an employer, this statement tells me something I already know. You are seeking an instructional designer position because you sent a resume. It also tells me that you want to grow your skills. Does that mean you are not ready to hit the ground running and develop training programs for my company? Does that mean I have to spend several weeks getting you prepared to do a job you should be able to do on your first day of work? Please tell me what you can do for my organization.

Rather than writing the typical outdated objective, consider using the precious “real estate” between your contact information and experience to brand yourself as a candidate who is ready to go to work on day one.

Consider this example of a branding statement or a summary statement: “Detail-oriented instructional designer and experienced team leader with working knowledge of course authoring tools and learning management systems.”

Even if you are an entry-level designer, you are a natural team leader because what you bring to the table is a special skill set in designing instruction to help learners reach their goals. When crafting your statement, keep in mind that you want to impress the person reviewing your resume with qualities that set you apart from other applicants.

4. Determine if You Should Include Your Graduation Year

Typically, if you recently earned your degree, adding your graduation year to a resume is a given. But there are times when you might not want to do this.

Suppose I received my undergraduate degree in 1990 and earned a master’s degree in instructional design in 2015.

If you have been out of school for a while, think twice about including graduation dates on a resume.

Face it — there are people out there who may have a problem with hiring older adults. Age can be a barrier to getting a job regardless of impeccable credentials. Age discrimination is illegal, but you will never know if that was the reason for not being selected for an interview.

5. Use Keywords

As the applicant tracking system scans your resume, it will look for keywords and phrases relative to the position you seek.

If you apply for an “instructional designer” position and use the term “curriculum developer” to describe your experience, your resume may get dropped.

As you describe your duties and skills, without being obvious or copying word for word, try to use the words and phrases in the job description or ad, and state the exact name of the position on your instructional designer resume.

6. Describe the impacts of your work

Instead of offering a list of generic duties (e.g. “training curriculum development” or “instructional systems design”), it’s better to include solid bullet points and a few brief statements that describe what you did.

Rather than stating that you assessed learners’ needs, briefly describe how you did it.

For example, rather than stating that I “assessed needs,” it might be better to say, “Developed an online survey that enabled 500 employees to share their learning needs within one week.”

Here is another example: “Saved the company $150,000 by developing a training video to teach employees to insulate products properly to prevent damage during shipping.”

7. Link Your Resume to Your Portfolio

If you are an instructional designer without a portfolio, it’s time to compile one. A portfolio showcases your best work and is proof of the instructional designer skills you bring to an employer. Hiring managers love to see them.

If you are a recent graduate of an instructional design degree program, you probably completed a portfolio as a capstone project, so if you think the portfolio shows off your best work, use it with your resume.

If you do not have a portfolio, it is easy to build one using site builders like Squarespace that offer an easy-to-use, drag-and-drop interface for building an online portfolio website.

Non-disclosure agreements can make it difficult to showcase work done for clients.

However, you can create new elements just for your portfolio, and you can take inspiration from the jobs you have done.

There’s no need to create an entire project for a portfolio. You can develop samples of infographics, job aids, learning materials, and technology-enhanced items and use screenshots to capture them for your portfolio. You can also create instructional audio and video snippets and writing samples. Not every organization has a budget for the latest eLearning authoring tools and technology so show employers that you can design instructional training materials to fit any budget.

Host your portfolio on a free or low-cost website. If you want to go all out, pay for a website, and get a domain name. Either way, hosting your portfolio on the web is an easy way to update it and make it available to potential employers. If you are a social media maven, you can upload your portfolio to your favorite social media site. What is essential is that an employer can find it easily.

Whether you email or upload your instructional designer resume, make sure the link to your portfolio is easy to spot by the reviewer.

Likely, a reviewer who sees the link will be curious and will click on it. If your portfolio is dynamic, you stand a better chance of landing the job you want.

Your impressive portfolio could make the difference between your resume getting passed over and getting an invitation to interview.

Check out our video below that offers some inspiring portfolio examples as well as some tips for taking your own ID portfolio to the next level:

Useful Resources

• What is instructional design?

• Common Instructional Designer Interview Questions And How to Answer Them

• Average Instructional Designer Salary

• What Do Instructional Designers Do?

• How To Become An Instructional Designer

• The Major Instructional Design Models Explained

Final Thoughts on Creating a Resume for an Instructional Designer

Whether you are a recent graduate or a veteran instructional designer, a strong resume can open doors to a new career or a career change.

There are plenty of job openings in instructional design, but due to the ease of submitting applications online, you might be competing with hundreds of job seekers so your resume really has to shine.

One easy way to bolster your resume is to take courses to upgrade your relevant skills and highlight them on your resume. Personally, I encourage all aspiring instructional designers to look into the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program from Emeritus. This comprehensive course spans over five months and covers the fundamentals of instructional design, including popular theories and best practices for implementation in e-learning environments, along with many other valuable insights on creating and delivering training materials.

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

You can also check out my list of best instructional design courses to find a variety of learning opportunities that will meet your needs.

And finally, if you still need a little help getting your resume in tiptop shape, Resumeble offers professional resume reviews and resume writing services by their expert team. It’s a great way to make sure your instructional design resume is the best it can be. Click here to get your resume review.

Have any questions about creating a better instructional designer portfolio? Comment below and we’ll help you out.

The post How to Create the Perfect Instructional Designer Resume to Land the Job appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Hey, I’ve been there. With around 20 years in the eLearning industry, I’ve been to my fair share of interviews. And while it does get easier, it’s still always at least a little nerve-wracking every time.

Here’s the good news though — after doing so many interviews for instructional design jobs and talking to other fellow instructional designers, I’ve learned that most potential employers ask the same basic set of questions just about every time.

Think of this article as your interview toolkit, equipped with valuable insights into the top questions that you’re most likely to get asked by hiring managers when trying to land an instructional designer role.

Whether you’re a novice or a seasoned pro, these questions – and, more importantly, how you answer them – can be the key to unlocking the doors to your dream instructional design role.

Instructional Designer Interview Questions

Here are the most common interview questions you’ll likely be asked when applying for a job as an instructional designer along with tips on how to answer them:
1. What experience do you have? →
2. What other work have you done that is not instructional design? →
3. What is your instructional design process? →
4. Describe a learning program you designed using the ADDIE process. →
5. How do you work with subject matter experts? →
6. What metrics do you use to determine your course design success? →
7. What software and learning management systems do you know? →
8. How do you make courses engaging? →
9. Have you ever recommended curriculum or course changes? →
10. How do you teach instructors to use a new e-learning platform? →
11. Why do you want to work as an instructional designer? →
12. What software do you use for design work? →
13. Here is something we want you to work on. What would you do to improve it? →
14. How do you measure the effectiveness of a program design? →
15. How well do you work with other people? →
16. Can you create a storyboard? →
17. How do you deal with different levels of learning abilities? →
18. What does your typical day look like? →
19. Do you create more than one prototype? →
20. What will be the first thing you do, if hired? →

1. What experience do you have?

The interviewer wants to understand how the work that you did before will help you be successful in the new position. This is probably the most common of all instructional design interview questions, so you need to be ready to respond properly.

Your Answer: Experience

Be sure to do your research about the job you are applying for and the company. You should know ahead of the interview what the work will be like so that you can prepare a customized instructional design portfolio of previous work (such as an online course you’ve created) that shows how it applies to the new position.

If you don’t have a portfolio of past work, you can make up examples of how you would approach a new project and make what is essentially a virtual portfolio of work that you could do.

While showing the work in your portfolio, mention the ID software tools you used and the relevant concepts behind the designs, who the project was designed for, the training purpose, the metrics used for evaluation, and how the analysis of the results turned out. Convey enthusiasm for your work. Remember, you’re selling yourself, and enthusiasm is contagious and a strong positive influence when you seek a new job.

2. What other work have you done that is not instructional design?

It’s very common for instructional designers to come from other fields with a wide background in a variety of academic pursuits. For example, teaching in a classroom gives a valuable experience that can help when designing courses. Or maybe you’ve hosted live corporate training events on virtual conference platforms.

If you are new to the instructional design field or making a lateral career shift, this is your chance to explain how your past experiences will help you achieve success in your efforts as an instructional designer.

Your Answer: Related Experience

Many coming into the field of instructional design have experience in other fields. Be sure to highlight any facets of your experience that give you an advantage for the position you are applying for and relate those things to this answer. Without sounding forced or fake, use keywords from the job listing and explain how your experience relates to those keywords.

3. What is your instructional design process?

Since design is the key function of your job, the interviewer will want to know how you approach the instructional design process. This question seeks to understand your knowledge of the popular strategies used for instructional design. This probes your ability to understand the big picture concepts and how those concepts determine your steps in the design process along with your work methods. The interviewer wants you to explain organizational and project management skills.

Your Answer: Instructional Design Process

For this question, I recommend you organize your answer at three levels. The first level is to give an overview of the top-level instructional design strategies that you understand and use. Secondly, discuss the design process steps that you will take. Thirdly, describe a typical workday to show that you can prioritize the elements of an ongoing project and manage your efforts to a successful conclusion, on time and budget.

Instructional design theories and models include:

• ADDIE
• Bloom’s Taxonomy of Learning Objectives
• Individualized Instruction
• Merrill’s Principles of Instruction
• SAM Model
• Situated Cognition Theory
• Sociocultural Learning Theory

Incorporate the ADDIE model along with other instructional design theories in your answer. Link your design process steps to the established models with the related theories of behaviorism, cognitivism, constructivism, and social learning. Expect to have a follow-up question that asks you to explain why you choose certain methods over others.

Be flexible in your opinions about the different methodologies, yet speak with confidence about them. Demonstrate your comprehension of popular theories and useful methods in the field. Show how you can incorporate this knowledge into your design process. If possible, use specific examples of how a particular method was successful in your past work.

4. Describe a learning program you designed using the ADDIE process

The ADDIE process is analysis, design, development, implementation, and evaluation. It is the most widely used model for instructional design. The interviewer is looking for your experience in managing a project through all the stages of the ADDIE model including prototyping and iterative development.

Your Answer: ADDIE Process

A complete answer would cover all the stages of the ADDIE process from the initial analysis of the project through the evaluation of the project. It is not considered sufficient by most interviewers for a candidate to have experience with only parts of the ADDIE process. The key to this model’s effectiveness is having success by using the full rendition of it. It is useful to describe any experience in rapid development.

5. How do you work with subject matter experts?

Subject matter experts (SMEs) are widely used in instructional design. Take it from someone who’s worked in the field for years,, to be an effective instructional designer, you must be able to effectively manage relationships with SMEs. The interviewer uses this question to see how you will approach getting information from SMEs, even difficult ones, and if you can convert expert knowledge into understandable course content.

Your Answer: Subject Matter Experts

Part of your answer includes how you plan to recruit and work with SMEs. Explain who you know, if that is relevant, especially if any SME you know played a critical role in a previously successful project. Explain how you plan to get cooperation from SMEs who you do not know and how you will manage the relationships.

Mention you are aware of the difficulty in getting interviews with SMEs who do not prioritize discussions with instructional designers as a high priority. How will you deal with interview cancelations and still keep on track to meet your
project deadlines?

Discuss the full process of cold-calling an SME, getting to know him or her, getting an interview appointment, and building trust with them. Give examples of interview questions you will use that are open-ended and meant to extract as much knowledge from them as possible. By demonstrating these skills, it gives the interviewer confidence that you can get the critical data needed from SMEs even if they are reluctant to participate.

6. What metrics do you use to determine your course design success?

Institutions hire an instructional designer for the results that they can achieve. The instructional design phase is only half of the complete picture. The measurement of the results is the other half. Demonstrating that you are aware that performance requirements are a big part of your success is critical. This shows that you can design a program with success goals in mind.

Instructional designers succeed by designing courses with techniques that have pre-determined objectives for learning and ways to measure if those objectives are met. Be sure to discuss how you will analyze results and what software tools and metrics you will use for your analysis.

Your Answer: Using Success Metrics

The best way to answer this question is to present a previous work sample. Show the key performance indicators (KPIs) that you selected for the project before the launch and then the results achieved based on the project analysis.

One thing I’ve found to be very effective is to also show a project design that had unexpected results and talk about what you did to remedy the situation. It is a significant part of the design process to be able to repair failures and make corrections based on the project analysis.

Be very specific in your answer to this question about why you chose certain KPIs and what the analysis results meant. Connect the choice of KPIs with an established learning theory.

For example, using gamification methods, your KPIs could be the percentage of students engaged in study games correlated with the percentage of improvements in examination scores. The answer shows how the implementation of a gamification study system impacts overall testing scores. Statistical significance in the correlation of improved test score with the participation in study games would be a KPI that demonstrates positive project design results.

Do not be too shy to talk about project failures. This makes your past experiences valuable especially if you can demonstrate the steps you took after a failure to improve the design.

7. What software and learning management systems (LMS) do you know?

A key element in the work of an instructional design professional is proficiency in using the latest and best software tools. You must have technical competence with all major learning management systems (LMS). I like to try to find out before the interview what LMS and software are used by the company and then be prepared to discuss my proficiency in that system and software in detail.

I’ve found that most job listings in this space identify the software tools that are commonly used in the position and expect basic proficiency in those tools. However, it is fairly easy to learn how to use some of these tools. You don’t need in-depth expertise in every possible tool because some tools perform similar functions. You can hire freelance help to get up to speed quickly with any tool that you do not know how to use at an expert level.

You should at least recognize the popular software and know what it is used for, such as Captivate (and other Adobe software), Storyline, and Blackboard. Instructional designers need to know about graphic design, some programming code, and have technical expertise in common software tools and systems.

Your Answer: Software and LMS

A big part of this work is staying current with popular software tools. It is important to make learning how to use new tools a part of your personal continuing education to stay up with innovations. A powerful way to convey this to an interviewer is to have a list of the tools you used on past projects and a list of the current tools you are investigating and learning.

It is also appropriate to state that you have a basic understanding of particular software tools and that you have worked with contract workers (freelancers) who had the required special expertise for a particular project.

The main idea is to convey is your ability to be flexible, be part of a team effort, work with different client’s requirements, and learn quickly while on the job. Adaptability is the key. Prove your ability to adapt by citing examples of tools you needed to learn how to use in the past and how long it took for you to gain proficiency in those tools.

8. How do you make courses engaging?

Student engagement with course material is a KPI that is vital for student outcomes to improve. An interviewer wants to know about anything that you have done, which encouraged students to become engrossed in the materials. Examples of this are gamification elements and the use of interactive multimedia in courses.

Your Answer: Course Engagement

To impress the interviewer have examples from your portfolio available to show that demonstrate the techniques you used to increase student engagement effectively. Bring a laptop with your portfolio on it for an in-person interview. Have your portfolio accessible online for a remote interview.

Walk the interviewer through the multimedia elements and give him or her a chance to try out your most successful examples. Be prepared to show how the KPIs track engagement and share the details from a past analysis, such as student performance results before and after adding engagement elements to the course materials.

A job-winning tip is to make a short trivia game about the organization that you are applying to work at that uses the company’s history, mission statement, and important details in the answers. The design of the trivia quiz shows off your graphics abilities and the trivia questions show you did your research on the organization when you applied.

9. Have you ever recommended curriculum or course changes?

Much of the work of an instructional designer is teamwork. It is important to be able to accept constructive criticism and give feedback. An expert instructional designer brings valuable insights into a project without being overbearing. It is important to have interpersonal communication skills and be able to present an alternative viewpoint in a way that is descriptive and persuasive without being argumentative.

With this question, the interviewer is searching for your ability to identify strategy weaknesses and recommend project changes that guide the project in a better direction. Instructional designers need to be confident in their views and be able to express them. Your answer here shows how well you keep up with current trends and your ability to persuade others.

Your Answer: Recommending Changes

The best way to answer a question like this one is to explain a real-life example from your experience and talk about how you handled it. Talk about a project that you worked on and you recommended a change that had a positive result. Explain your rationale for suggesting the change, what opposition you faced, how you overcame the naysayers, and the positive impact the change had on the project.

Explain the details of the change recommendation and the performance metrics used to prove the positive impact. Talk in statistical results.

As an example, in one of my interviews, I talked about a project I’d worked on where reducing each lesson plan length by 20% improved the students’ retention of the material by 15%, as determined by quizzes.

A detailed example shows you understand the importance of the work and you have the skills and enthusiasm to implement positive changes that you recommend to the decision-makers.

10. How do you teach instructors to use a new eLearning platform?

As an instructional designer, you might make courses for students or you might design a course curriculum to be taught by other teachers. You need to have technical skills to design the course for student comprehension and the administrative skills to teach other instructors how to use the system.

The interviewer is asking how you would teach an instructor. How is your methodology different when compared to teaching students? Can you work well with others? Being able to conceive of a design from multiple user levels is what this question is about. There may be a third level of system administrators as well who need to have some technical instruction from you on how to use a new system.

Your Answer: Teaching Instructors

When describing a methodology that teaches the instructors how to use a new eLearning system, you want to discuss specific instructional methods such as using instructional videos, written guides, and direct one-on-one training with tech support. The important factor here is to show you can test the comprehension and knowledge transfer achieved by the instructors.

Be sure to explain how you would approach teaching instructors with different levels of technical skills and some who may have no technical expertise at all. Use an example of how you worked with a complete newbie to reach a level of useful expertise in a new eLearning system. Describe the challenges and how you overcame any problems to get every instructor’s comprehension to a practical level.

If you have not had this experience of teaching an instructor, then, pick a platform that you know well to use as an example. Teach the interviewer as if the interviewer was an instructor learning the system anew. Show that you have the knowledge and the patience to explain complex systems
in understandable ways.

11. Why do you want to work as an instructional designer?

The interviewer wants to know about your enthusiasm, motivation, and ability to pursue a dedicated career as an instructional designer.

Your Answer: Your passion for being an Instructional Designer

This question gives you a good chance to talk about your passion for design, your artistic skills, your interest in technology, your enjoyment in helping others learn, and the bright future of a career in this profession. The interviewer wants to feel your enthusiasm for doing a good job.

Personally, I always like to tell my story of how I got obsessed with the possibilities of eLearning to revolutionize education during the internet boom, and how that led me down the path to pursuing a career in the field.

12. What software do you use for design work?

A good interviewer knows to ask this question. However, an interviewer may not be familiar with the software tools you use, since this is not in the area of the interviewer’s expertise. Many companies use a two-part interview process. The first interview is for general screening of the candidates for qualifications. The second interview is for narrowing the candidate choices to select the best person for the position.

Your Answer: Focus on their needs

Make it easy for the interviewer to take notes about your instructional design skillset, which the supervisor will likely review. Give a list of the names of the software you use and one sentence for each one that describes what the software tool is used to accomplish.

Remember, it’s helpful to be familiar with what they’re looking for out of an instructional designer so you can tailor your answer accordingly here.

Examples of popular software used by instructional designers include:

• Adobe Captivate
• Lectora
• Camstasia
• Lectoa
• Snagit
• Brainshark
• EasyGenerator
• Articulate Storyline, Studio, and 360
• Blackboard

This is just a short list of examples. Make your own list. Also, be sure you know what each of these popular programs can do, even if you chose to use an alternative tool to accomplish the same things. Be sure to tell the interviewer that you are constantly learning to use the newest software tools.

13. Here is something we want you to work on. What would you do to improve it?

This interviewing technique is what I call the “put you on the spot” and “interviewer seeking free advice” strategy. I always recommend you turn this strategy to your advantage by assuming you got the job.

Your Answer: How to Improve a Sample

If there are obvious flaws, like lousy graphics, mention them but more importantly go for the “assumed close” as if you already got the job.

Tell the interviewer you will review the materials and return the next day(s) with your detailed proposal. Also ask, if you have questions about the materials, who you should contact. That person is either a team member or a supervisor. Be sure to contact them and start working together in a very polite way.

An instructional designer not only works with graphics and content, but the work is also about the purpose of the design, what it will be used for, who will study the materials, and what are the appropriate measurements of success.

14. How do you measure the effectiveness of a program design?

This is a terrific interview question because it is the core element that creates success in informational design. A design is only as good as its performance metrics. Part of instructional design is identifying the key performance indicators (KPIs) in advance of the project’s creation to be used for the analysis of the success. The KPIs are the goals and achieving them at certain levels is considered a success.

Your Answer: Program Effectiveness

Every instructional program design starts with the goals to achieve. The design must have pre-determined key performance indicators (KPIs) to use for analysis of the program’s effectiveness. Often the KPIs come from past performance metrics with the intent to improve upon historical outcomes.

These KPIs could be things such as exam scores, content retention, student engagement, the time needed to complete the program, ability to solve problems, and any number of other metrics that have importance to the project. The KPIs used must be relevant to the desired outcomes, that the goals are realistic, and the benchmarks set in advance to measure the effectiveness of the program design.

15. How well do you work with other people?

Instructional design is rarely a solo effort. For most projects, you will be working with many members of an internal team, perhaps other stakeholders from various groups, and even outsiders as subject matter experts.

If you are not a “people” person, who gets along well with others, this may not be the best career choice for you. For example, if instructors are using materials created by you, you will want to consult with them regularly.

Your Answer: Working With Others

You must convince the interviewer that you cooperate well with colleagues as you may be interfacing with them daily. In my experience working on dozens upon dozens of projects at this point, I’ve found that most of the improvement in instructional design efforts comes from getting feedback from the system’s users. Be certain to state that you enjoy working as part of a team.

If possible, give examples of past projects with a large number of team members. Talk about the contributions of other colleagues and how much you valued the input as well as how you incorporated their efforts in the program design.

16. Can you create a storyboard?

A storyboard is an important tool used by instructional designers to lay out a series of panels that show the design framework for a learning program. The interviewer wants to know your skills in creating a storyboard because it is usually a major part of planning any project.

Your Answer: Storyboard

The best way to answer this question is to have examples of storyboards you created for past projects in your portfolio. If you don’t have direct experience creating a storyboard for a project, you can create a virtual project to show as an example. Be sure the storyboard you show is exceptionally well-designed. If needed, use freelance help to get feedback on how to improve your storyboard design.

17. How do you deal with different levels of learning abilities?

One consideration in instructional design is that students may have different learning abilities and different learning styles. One popular design theory is Bloom’s Learning Taxonomy. This theory considers three modalities of learning, which are affective, cognitive, and psychomotor.

Your Answer: Differing Learning Abilities

This is a perfect opportunity to show a project from your portfolio that has a design specifically created to address this issue. If you do not have such a project, create an imagined one and apply Bloom’s Learning Taxonomy to demonstrate your knowledge of this approach.

18. What does your typical day look like?

The interviewer asks this question to learn more about your work methods, how you work with a team, and respond to superiors.

Your Answer: Workday

For your answer, offer a structured workday that is organized for effectiveness and efficiency. Make sure there are touchpoints with team members and information provided to superiors about the project status as a normal part of your routine.

19. Do you create more than one prototype?

Many projects require creating more than one prototype for project approval to advance from the conceptual stage to the execution stage. The interviewer is looking for flexibility when there is a need for multiple reiterations of a project design that are reviewed for approval.

Your Answer: Multiple Prototypes

The answer to this question is best given by showing examples of prototypes from your portfolio. If you do not have any projects that required multiple prototypes, it is a good idea to take one prototype model and create an alternative prototype to show you are capable of doing this successfully.

20. What will be the first thing you do, if hired?

This question is a bit of a trap. Resist the temptation to say you will go on an all-night drinking binge to celebrate. The interviewer is trying to see if you can prioritize things in a way that makes sense.

Your Answer: First Thing to Do

If you will be working with a team, the priority is to get to know the other team members. If you are in a solo position, the priority is to create a work plan and a timeline for your supervisor’s approval. If you will be improving on a preexisting design, your first step is to review the previous
materials.

General Instructional Designer Interview Questions

Here is a checklist of general interview questions that you may be asked in addition to the ones that are specific to instructional design. There is no exact right or wrong answer to these questions. Just be sure you have a short, confident answer to any of them.

• What is your communication style with clients?
• How do you document project decisions and progress?
• How do you track time and budget?
• What do you do if a client is not happy with your work?
• How do you handle project interruptions?
• Have you ever struggled to communicate with colleagues?
• What is your greatest weakness in instructional design?
• Can you work effectively under pressure?
• What is your main goal for your career?
• What motivates you about this work?
• Are you currently employed?
• What would you current superior say about your work?
• Why are you leaving your current job?
• Why are you interested in this organization?
• Can you work remotely?
• How do you communicate remotely to a team and your supervisor?
• What is your most successful project?
• What do you want us to know about you?
• What are your career goals?
• Have you learned software on your own (self-taught)?
• Have you worked in a collaborative way?
• What is your favorite part of instructional design work?
• What is your least favorite part of instructional design work?
• Have you worked on a team?
• How do you establish yourself as a new member of a team?
• What is the most common instructional design flaw?
• How do you persuade a client or team member to try a new approach?
• What educational theories do you prefer?
• What evaluation models are the most effective?
• What do you do if you disagree with an expert?
• Is creativity or efficiency more important?
• Do you feel comfortable with new technology?
• Do you have any questions?

A Final Word on Answering Instructional Designer Interview Questions

Becoming an instruction designer is a terrific career path. The pay is exceptional and the work is very rewarding.

To land one of the highest-paying positions, make sure you have the skills, experience, and knowledge to succeed. And you need to make sure you’re prepared to nail the common instructional designer interview questions when applying for a job so you can get the gig.

Remember, every interview is an opportunity to learn and grow, regardless of the outcome.

The path to becoming an exceptional instructional designer is paved with curiosity, continuous improvement, and the courage to embrace challenges head-on. Armed with the wisdom shared here, you can go through the hiring process with confidence, knowing that you possess the knowledge to eloquently answer even the most intricate of questions.

If you’re an aspiring instructional designer, you should download your free copy of An Instructional Designer’s Notebook from our friends at iSpring as it’s a great collection of resources for those entering the field.

An Instructional Designer's Notebook

Instructional Designer’s Notebook is a free collection of the most useful guides on becoming an instructional designer and creating eLearning content to facilitate every step on your eLearning trajectory. It includes lists of ebooks, YouTube channels, blogs, tips from top experts, interactive checklists, and more.

Free Download

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

If you are just starting your studies or if you need a refresher course, be sure to check out my list of the best instructional design courses. You may also be interested in our guide to instructional design certificate programs.

Need more guidance on answering instructional designer interview questions properly? Comment below and we’ll help you out.

The post 20+ Common Instructional Design Interview Questions – How to Answer Them appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

My own journey through the always-evolving world of instructional design has involved continuous learning, unlearning, and relearning. With several years of navigating the eLearning industry, crafting digital learning experiences, and witnessing the transformative power of well-designed educational content, I’ve come to appreciate the impact that a solid foundation in instructional design can have on one’s career and the learners we serve.

I’ve put together this list of the best instructional design masters programs with picks from Emeritus, University of Tampa, University of San Francisco, and more. I’ve taken into consideration factors like program length and cost, curriculum depth, student feedback, and instructor qualifications when ranking these programs (click here to learn about our entire Editorial Process & Methodology for product reviews).

Note: If you’re pursuing a career as an instructional designer, you should download your free copy of An Instructional Designer’s Notebook from iSpring as it’s filled with great resources to help you on your journey.

An Instructional Designer's Notebook

Instructional Designer’s Notebook is a free collection of the most useful guides on becoming an instructional designer and creating eLearning content to facilitate every step on your eLearning trajectory. It includes lists of ebooks, YouTube channels, blogs, tips from top experts, interactive checklists, and more.

Free Download

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

The Best Master’s Degree Programs in Instructional Design

1. Professional Certificate in Instructional Design (Emeritus) →

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Location: Online
Study Type: Online
Price: $3,500 total (early-bird discounts may be available at certain times during enrollment; flexible payment options also available)
Duration: 5 months

Are you considering a career in instructional design, but looking for more experience and knowledge to make yourself stand out? Look no further than the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design from Emeritus!

In just 5 months, you can get the training you need to earn a certificate and launch your career as an instructional designer.

With experienced instructors covering industry-relevant topics, you’ll gain insights into analytics and methodologies that will help you create impactful learning solutions for your students or colleagues.

This intensive immersive program provides participants with a deep dive into the foundations and cutting-edge approaches of the learning design field.

Students will gain the core analytics skills needed to create impactful learning solutions and design, assemble, and deliver instructional modules that culminate in high-quality learning experiences—no matter which platform or tool is used.

With a strong focus on research-based strategies, learners emerge prepared to create solutions with measurable impact.

This course is perfect for teachers and educators, recent graduates, early-career instructional design professional, or anyone considering moving into an ID career.

I also appreciate that this program offers excellent opportunities for networking and professional development that can help get your foot in the door when seeking career openings.

From integrating technology into classrooms to developing training programs in companies, this course is exceptionally useful for transitioning into the field of instructional design.

By joining this course from Emeritus, participants can gain the skills and experience needed in order to build valuable relationships with colleagues and clients alike.

As a student with Emeritus, you join an enriching learning community dedicated to collective growth and success. Together with a tight-knit cohort, you embark on an educational journey, navigating course materials and supporting each other’s progress. You have the chance to collaborate and share insights, while sharing supplemental resources to help ensure no one falls behind. This powerful combination of community and resources empowers students to master new skills and transform their lives.

As part of your enrollment, you’ll also receive a complimentary one-year subscription to Emeritus Insights, an innovative app that provides access to a vast collection of condensed lessons and lectures spanning a range of disciplines.

With over 5,000 resources distilled from top universities and publications such as Harvard Business Review, Emeritus Insights enables lifelong learning and professional development through on-demand exploration of subjects including data science, marketing, leadership, strategy, and business communication.

Stay ahead of trends and advance your career with this invaluable learning companion.

Click here to learn more about the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design from Emeritus.

You Will Learn:

• Theories of instructional design
• Approaches to instructional design
• The major instructional design models
• Applying instructional design to projects
• Task and goal analysis
• How to develop clear objectives for ID work
• Course implementation and iteration best practices
• How to create engaging learning experiences

Best for:

Teachers and educators, recent graduates, early-career instructional design professional, or anyone considering moving into an ID career.

2. Master of Science in Instructional Design and Technology (University of Tampa) →

Location: Florida
Study Type: campus-based and hybrid
Price: $709 per credit hour (36 credit hours)
Duration: 18 months

The University of Tampa is a private institution founded in 1931 and accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools.

Instructional designers are the architects behind impactful learning experiences, and this program empowers them to comprehend and utilize technologies as both a product (like web-based courses) and a process (such as iterative and formative approaches to learner assessment). The curriculum is designed to equip students with the skills to develop effective, cross-media curricula that resonate with diverse audiences across various environments.

The program is tailored for individuals aspiring to carve out careers as experts in the design, development, implementation, and evaluation of instructional resources. It caters to candidates from a wide array of backgrounds, including communications, psychology, management, and education, all bound by a shared interest in crafting innovative solutions to learning needs.

Some of the courses offered in this master’s program include:

• Trends and Issues in Instructional Design and Technology
• Theories of Learning and Cognition for Instruction
• Open Learning Environments in the 21st Century
• Principles of Learner Motivation
• Design of Online Collaborative Learning
• Introduction to Distance Learning
• Multimedia Design and Development
• Management of Instructional Development

You Will Learn:

• Theories
• Instructional design and technology trends
• Distance learning
• Developing multimedia instruction
• Program evaluation

You will also complete a capstone project that will enable you to put classroom knowledge into practice and develop a professional instructional design portfolio.

Learner Feedback:

Graduates of the program describe the environment as supportive, with mentors who care about students

Best for:

Learners seeking an environment that allows them to customize studies to fit their career interests.

3. Master of Science in Educational Technology (University of San Francisco)→

Location: California
Study type: Campus-based program meeting on alternate teaching weekends
Price: First year: $1,275 per unit, Second year depends on the rate for that year
Duration: 24 months, including summer sessions.

USF’s M.A. in Educational Technology is not merely a master’s program; it’s a journey through the dynamic landscape of educational technology, where educators are sculpted into technologically adept, pedagogically sound leaders. This program immerses you in a world where your educational practices are intertwined with technological advancements, ensuring your strategies are not just current but future-ready.

The curriculum dives into a plethora of tools, especially those that are cost-effective, ensuring your tech-integration strategies are scalable and adaptable to various educational contexts.

One of the things I like about this ID master’s program is that it’s steeped in practicality. Every theoretical concept is tied back to its practical application, ensuring that you’re not just learning, but also applying, evaluating, and iterating your practices in real time.

The University of San Francisco, originally known as St. Ignatius Academy, is the city’s first University and was established in 1855. It is accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges Senior College and University.

You Will Learn:

• Digital technologies for teaching
• Pedagogy and technology
• Technology leadership

In the capstone project, you will have the opportunity to demonstrate skills learned in your classes by using technology to design instruction and reflecting on your experiences.

Learner Feedback:

A graduate who came to the program without background in education indicated that the program taught him how people learn and how to help others use technology.

Best for:

The program is a logical choice for individuals seeking a program with an emphasis on technology. The weekend schedule is well-suited for working adults.

4. Master of Science in Instructional Design, Development, and Evaluation (Syracuse University) →

Location: New York
Study Type: Full-time campus-based hybrid, part-time evening study, and fully online program.
Price: $1,683 per credit (30 credit hours)
Duration: 12 months (full-time). Part-time study varies.

The M.S. in Instructional Design, Development, and Evaluation from Syracuse University combines both technical and software skills with theoretical knowledge, planning acumen, instructional processes, and collaborative problem-solving strategies in the realm of instructional design.

Students get fully immersed in a curriculum that allows them to design, create, implement, and evaluate both non-technology and technology-supported instructional solutions, ensuring their skills are versatile and applicable in a range of contexts. The program offers a blend of theoretical and practical learning, ensuring that every concept learned has immediate applicability in real-world instructional design scenarios.

What sets this program apart is its flexibility and inclusivity. It offers both fully online and traditional campus-based formats, allowing students to choose a learning path that aligns with their needs and preferences. The online format requires no on-campus commitments, providing students with the liberty to learn from anywhere, while the campus-based format allows students to immerse themselves in the vibrant Syracuse University community.

Syracuse University, located in Upstate New York, was established in 1870 and is accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education.

You Will Learn:

• Technical skills
• Theory to create engaging learning experiences
• Instructional processes
• Problem solving

Your student portfolio will feature work created in the courses and document your reflections on your learning experience.

Best for:

Students who enjoy social events, study groups, and other campus activities. The program works well for students wishing to develop advanced skills in the technical and theoretical aspects of instructional design and is convenient for working professionals who seek an online master’s degree in the field.

5. M.Ed. in Instructional Design and Technology (Liberty University) →

Location: Lynchburg, Virginia
Study Type: Online
Price: $415 per credit hour
Duration: 12 months

With the M.A. in Educational Technology program at Liberty University, students are welcomed into a realm where the fusion of technology and pedagogical theory is not only encouraged but celebrated.

Liberty’s approach is unique, offering a curriculum that doesn’t just explore educational technology but immerses you in it, ensuring that every theoretical concept is not just learned but lived, applied in practical, real-world scenarios that enhance your expertise and your career trajectory.

With a focus on developing dynamic learning environments, the program ensures that you’re not just a spectator in the world of educational technology but an active participant, shaping, influencing, and enhancing the learning experiences of students in diverse educational contexts.

Liberty is a private university founded in 1971 and located in the foothills of the Blue Ridge Mountains on the banks of the James River. The University is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges.

You Will Learn:

• Technology to create digital learning experiences
• Online teaching
• Higher education finance
• Course development
• Learning evaluation

Learner Feedback:

Graduates describe the school as affordable, with good research resources, and supportive faculty. The University ranks in the top 1% of over than 2,100 online colleges and universities for quality academics, accessibility, and affordability.

Best for:

Liberty’s Master of Education in Instructional Design and Technology is best for aspiring instructional designers looking for a program at a school with a history of success in online classes.

6. M.Ed. in Instructional Design and Technology (Regent University) →

Location: Virginia Beach, Virginia
Study type: Online
Price: $565 per credit hour (30 credit hours)
Duration: 24 months

Regent University’s M.Ed. in Instructional Design & Technology guides educators down the path to becoming pioneers in the realm of educational technology.

The curriculum is a blend of theory and practical application. The program doesn’t just prepare you for the present but also for the future, ensuring that your skills and knowledge are not just relevant but also forward-looking, preparing you for the evolving landscape of educational technology.

Regent University was founded in 1978 and situated on a 70-acre campus in Virginia Beach, Virginia. The University is accredited by The Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges

You Will Learn:

• Research design
• Emerging technologies and digital tools you’ll use as a professional instructional designer
• Educational statistics
• Multimedia design
• Growing up in a media-rich world

Learner Feedback:

Graduates of Regent describe their experiences as positive, including support from staff. Regent ranks as one of the top universities in Virginia based on student feedback and other metrics.

Best for:

The program is best for individuals seeking an online program with shorter course lengths.

7. Master’s in Instructional Design for Online Learning (Capella University) →

Location: Minneapolis, Minnesota
Study type: Online
Price: $460 per credit hour (48 credit hours)
Duration: 12 months

Capella University’s M.S. in Education, specializing in Instructional Design for Online Learning, stands out for its competency-based curriculum, designed around competencies established by the International Board of Standards for Training, Performance, and Instruction. What does that mean? It’s means that your learning isn’t just comprehensive but also aligned with globally recognized standards.

The program offers a unique professional development plan, which you create in your first course, ensuring that your learning journey is not just informed but also strategically aligned with your professional and personal development goals.

This Instructional Design master’s program makes sure you’re not just learning theory but also getting your hands dirty with real-world applications. It’s all about making what you learn super usable in actual instructional design and tech situations, boosting both your know-how and hands-on skills.

Capella University offers a study plan known as “Flex-Path” where you can earn a master’s degree in 12 months or less. Capella is a for-profit online university and is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission.

You Will Learn:

• Principles of instructional design
• The instructional design process
• Project management for eLearning
• Application of learning theories to instructional design
• Evaluation and assessment

Expect to participate in regular class discussions. You will engage with faculty and peers during weekly discussion posts.

Learner Feedback:

Capella graduate students describe course rooms that are easy for students to navigate with helpful resources.

Best for:

Students who will benefit from setting personal timelines within courses. The flexibility of Capella’s Master of Education makes it a logical choice for busy working professionals.

8. M.Sc. in Instructional Design and Technology (Full Sail University) →

Location: Winter Park, Florida
Study type: Campus-based and online
Price: $534-850 per credit hour (36 credit hours)
Duration: 12 months

Full Sail University’s M.S. in Instructional Design & Technology is your personal workshop where you get to explore, create, and innovate with tools and methods to improve instruction. With a focus on how people learn and get motivated, it ensures that the content you create isn’t just informative but also incredibly engaging and inspirational for online curricula.

This master’s specialization is crafted for professionals across various platforms – be it traditional or online settings, educational institutions, corporations, healthcare, government agencies, or the military – aiming to elevate their expertise in instructional design and development.

The curriculum is all about gearing you up, the hands-on instructional design practitioner, to skillfully create educational interventions, all while grounding your approach in the solid foundation of field theory and practice.

Full Sail began as a recording studio and center for recording arts in Ohio. It moved to Winter Park, Florida, in 1980 and began offering degrees online. It is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges.

You Will Learn:

• Learning theory
• Strategies for learner engagement
• Music in instructional design
• Filmmaking principles
• Media asset Creation

You can complete a final project where you can demonstrate innovation as you combine your instructional design skills with filmmaking and music.

Learner Feedback:

Full Sail students express appreciation for hands-on, real-world learning that opens up many career options. Full Sail is best for a student who prefers a program that will teach them outside the box instructional design skills.

Best for:

This program is for individuals who want flexibility and a curriculum that is project-based with multidisciplinary learning opportunities. Full Sail students learn to integrate instructional design with entertainment to create dynamic learning programs that incorporate music, animation, and cutting-edge elements into designing instruction.

9. M.Sc. in Instructional Design and Technology (Walden University) →

Location: Minneapolis, Minnesota
Study Type: Online
Price: $680 per semester credits (30-36 semester credits)
Duration: Varies with specialization

With an MS in Instructional Design and Technology from Walden, you’re not just fueling your passion for aiding others in learning but also becoming a maestro in crafting educational experiences. Dive into a journey where your skills evolve at the cutting edge of instructional design, utilizing the latest technology to sculpt engaging, content-rich, and multimedia instruction, all while unraveling the mysteries of how and why people learn.

Walden’s online master’s program in instructional design and technology doesn’t just prepare you but propels you into roles like instructional designer, curriculum designer, education coordinator, or instructional coach across diverse industries – be it education, government, corporate, military, or healthcare settings.

The University is a for-profit institution founded in 1970 and is accredited by the higher learning commission. The program at Walden offers you three areas of specialization: general, online learning, and training and performance improvement. The generalized program requires 30 semester-credits, while the online learning and training and performance options require 36 semester credits each.

You Will Learn

• Apply principles, theories, and research to instructional design
• Develop instructional materials
• Supervise instructional technology
• Evaluate instruction
• Ensure access to instructional materials for diverse learners

In your capstone project you will have the opportunity to apply the skills learned in online classes in real-world situation.

Learner feedback:

One of the comments about the Walden MS in Instructional Design and Technology program is that it teaches individuals “how” to train people.

Best for:

The school is best for individuals who desire an online master’s program in Instructional Design and Technology with a choice of specializations.

Other eLearning Programs to Consider

In addition to the best instructional designer masters programs, you might find the following universities have something to offer:

Euclid University

Euclid University is an international institution established in 2008 for government officials and civil servants of member states. The University offers degree programs to the general public, including an online Master’s in Distance and Open Learning

North Central University

North Central University in La Jolla, California, was established in 1996 with the working professional in mind. The school offers weekly start dates and individual classes in its Master of Science in Instructional Design program.

Western Governor’s University

Western Governor’s University is an online university serving several states. The institution offers a Master of Education in Instructional Design. Students progress through the program at the competency-based program at their own pace, saving time and money.

5 Questions to Ask When Choosing Masters Program in ID

1. Is there a balance between theory and practice?

Some instructional design programs emphasize design over development. However, when you look for an instructional design job, you will find that many organizations seek employees who can design instruction, develop software, and work with course authoring tools to bring content to life.

2. In addition to loans, are there other financial aid resources available?

The financial aid office at the school you choose may be aware of resources that can help you complete the program without incurring excessive debt from student loans. You may be able to save more on tuition costs if you enroll in an accelerated, self-paced program. If you plan to study full-time at a campus-based program, there may be graduate assistant opportunities available.

3. What is the average salary of graduates?

After you have worked hard to earn your master’s degree, you deserve a boost in pay or a promotion. Consider a program with a track record of having sought-after graduates who attain leadership positions and higher salaries. If the program offers assistance with job placement, that can help you land a position where you can put your skills to work immediately.

4. Do you accept transfer credit or offer credit for life experience?

Transfer credits and being able to take exams to demonstrate competency not only save you money, but you will move through the program faster and avoid taking courses in areas where you already have expertise.

5. How flexible is the program?

If you work full-time, being able to design your own learning experience makes it possible for you to stay with a program. It can be difficult to remain with a cohort group when you have a job and family responsibilities. Many graduate programs have rolling admissions and start dates that enable you to begin your courses any time during the year rather than waiting for the start of a new semester.

Final Thoughts on Choosing an Instructional Design Master’s Degree Program

Pursuing a master’s degree in instructional design isn’t just about acquiring a title or ticking off a box in your educational journey. It’s about diving deep into a field that is perpetually evolving, where technology, pedagogy, and innovative design converge to create impactful learning experiences.

Whether you work in education, the nonprofit sector, or in a corporate environment, the best instructional design masters programs and online instructional design classes are available to you, no matter where you live.

Maybe it is time to move beyond the contemplation stage and enroll in one of the best masters in instructional design programs.

You may be surprised how soon you put your skills to work in designing dynamic online learning resources.

Have any questions about entering an instructional design degree program? Comment below and we’ll help.

The post The 9 Best Instructional Design Master’s Degree Programs (2023 Guide) appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

I’ve spent the better part of my life obsessing over everything eLearning and instructional design. From those late nights tweaking course modules to testing out all new LMS programs – I’ve been there, done that, and loved every second of it. It’s why I started this website in the first place — to share my passion for eLearning with others who might want to break into the industry.

But here’s the thing — I didn’t go the traditional route of getting a master’s degree in the field. I was taught mostly through online courses.

With the best instructional design courses online, you too can gain the skills and knowledge needed to enter the educational field, transition into virtual learning, or even create your own online courses.

I’ve navigated through the sea of online courses out there to bring you an in-depth, unbiased look at the best training programs out there to help you become an instructional designer, including options from platforms like Emeritus, iSpring Solutions, LinkedIn Learning, and more. These picks are based on the quality of the curriculum, instructor credentials, certifications, cost, student reviews, and other key factors.

Note: If you’re an aspiring instructional designer, we also highly recommend downloading your free copy of An Instructional Designer’s Notebook from our friends at iSpring as it’s a great companion to this guide.

An Instructional Designer's Notebook

Instructional Designer’s Notebook is a free collection of the most useful guides on becoming an instructional designer and creating eLearning content to facilitate every step on your eLearning trajectory. It includes lists of ebooks, YouTube channels, blogs, tips from top experts, interactive checklists, and more.

Free Download

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

What are the Best Instructional Design Courses Online?

Here are my 2023 picks for the top instructional design classes online. Click on any course to learn more about it, or just keep scrolling down to read about each of them in detail:

1. Professional Instructional Certificate (Emeritus)
2. How to Create an Interactive Online Course (iSpring Solutions)
3. Become an Instructional Designer (LinkedIn Learning)
4. e-Learning Ecologies (Coursera)
5. Instructional Design Foundations (Coursera)
6. Instructional Design Pro Part 1 (Udemy)
7. Create Your First Course in Articulate Storyline 3 (Udemy)
8. Adobe Captivate Courses (Udemy)
9. Instructional Design and Technology MicroMasters (edX)
10. Introduction to Instructional Design (Harvard)

1. Professional Certificate in Instructional Design (Emeritus)

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Cost

$3,500 total (significant early-bird discounts may be available at certain times during enrollment; flexible payment options also available)

Duration

5 months

Pros

• Offers in-depth instructional design training to quickly get you career-ready
• The course is fully up to date and includes info on the latest technology, tools, and instructional design methods
• Hands-on, interactive instruction helps students learn quicker and more effectively
• Cohort-style learning allows you to connect with peers for feedback and networking

Cons

• Class is only offered a few times a year

Overview

If you’re pursuing a career in instructional design, you can gain the experience and skills you need to succeed in the field with the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design from Emeritus. It’s our pick for the best instructional design course out there today.

In only 5 months, you can get all the world-class training you need to earn a certificate and build your career as an instructional designer.

Emeritus’ instructional design training certificate program offers industry-relevant topics, experienced instructors, and hands-on opportunities.

You’ll learn all about the analytics and methodologies needed to create engaging, effective learning solutions for your students or colleagues — no matter which platform or tool is used.

Other topics explored in this learning path include:

• Instructional design theories and models
• Tips for applying instructional design to projects
• How to develop clear objectives for instructional design projects
• Best practices for course implementation and improvement
• How to create engaging learning experiences

Are you a teacher, recent graduate, or early-career instructional design professional looking to boost your career? This course is for you!

Not only does it offer valuable networking opportunities, but it can also help you stand out when applying for new job opportunities. Don’t miss out on the chance to take your career and instructional design skills to the next level.

Joining Emeritus as a student means being part of a supportive learning community committed to your growth and triumph.

With a closely-knit cohort, you embark on an educational journey, working together to navigate coursework and uplift each other. Expect meaningful collaborations and insightful exchanges, as well as supplemental resources to ensure everyone stays on track. This unique blend of community and resources empowers students to master new skills and turn their lives around.

Enroll now in this instructional design program and receive a free one-year subscription to Emeritus Insights! This innovative app offers access to over 5,000 condensed lessons and lectures from top universities and publications like Harvard Business Review.

Expand your knowledge with on-demand exploration of subjects including data science, marketing, leadership, strategy, and business communication. Start your journey towards lifelong learning and professional development today.

Click here to request a brochure that tells you all about the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design from Emeritus.

Best for:

Teachers and educators, recent graduates, early-career instructional design professionals, or anyone considering moving into an ID career.

2. How to Create an Interactive Online Course (iSpring Solutions)

How to Create an Interactive Online Course

Master every stage of course development, from identifying learning objectives and creating a storyboard to perfecting the graphics and publishing your project online.

Learn More

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Cost

The Standard plan costs $270 and doesn’t include practical tasks. With the Pro plan, which costs $570, you’ll get hands-on assignments, expert reviews, a final project, and a three-month trial of iSpring Suite, a comprehensive authoring toolkit. You can also view demo lessons for free.

Duration

3 hours of video lessons plus practical tasks.

Pros

• All lessons are available immediately, and you can learn at your own pace.
• Practical assignments and knowledge checks after each lesson.
• A great deal of supplementary guides and articles are provided in addition to the main lessons.
• You can chat with your trainer for consultation, inspiration, and tips.

Cons

• The course concludes with a final project, but there is no final knowledge check.
• There is no opportunity to connect with other learners taking the course.

Overview

This course comprises 20 video lessons and covers everything you need to know to create effective and dynamic online courses. Anna Poli, a Senior Instructional Designer at iSpring, explains basic learning theories and methodologies, design principles, and how to use different content formats to make knowledge stick.

During the course, you’ll also learn how to:

• Set measurable learning objectives.
• Make a course script and a storyboard.
• Identify and quickly fix poorly designed slides.
• Create engaging training videos, role-plays, and assessments.
• Evaluate the effectiveness of your online course.

The course also introduces iSpring Suite, a powerful authoring toolkit. You’ll master its key features and be able to use the tool for your future projects.

By the end of the course, you’ll develop a final project — your own online course — receive expert feedback, and be ready to showcase it in your portfolio.

All the materials are available for 6 months after purchase.

Learner feedback:

I liked the way it was structured and how it provided all the essential ingredients to create an effective course. I also appreciated the free navigation because it allowed me to start with the lessons that interested me the most. Anna’s charisma and extensive knowledge made the learning experience even more enjoyable.

I would recommend this course to anyone seeking a clear understanding of what lies behind great e-learning.

Best for:

This course is designed for aspiring instructional designers, educators, business coaches, and anyone who develops training materials, at least occasionally. It’s also perfect for people with no previous ID experience or skills, as it starts with the basics and then moves on to more advanced aspects of eLearning content development.

3. Become an Instructional Designer (LinkedIn Learning)

Robust Curriculum

Become an Instructional Designer Learning Path

Master all the essentials of instructional design in this robust course put together by multiple industry experts from LinkedIn Learning.

Try It Free

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Cost

1 month free trial, then LinkedIn Learning pricing goes to $39.99/month to access or $19.99/month if you pay for a year up front

Duration

11 courses, 14 hours of content total

Pros

• Comprehensive collection of instructional design lectures provides a well-rounded introduction to the field
• Learn from numerous professionals in the field

Cons

• Some of the classes are several years old
• No opportunity to network with instructors or peers

Overview

In this instructional design class online, you’ll learn instructional design basics from experts in the industry, helping prepare you for a career in the fast-growing eLearning field.

Each topic is broken down into short chunks in this foundational course, making it easy to fit learning into your schedule.

Earn a badge of completion for your LinkedIn profile when you finish all the courses. This ID certificate is focused on corporate business settings and practical techniques.

You will learn the following in this introductory course:

• What is instructional design?
• Neuroscience of learning and adult learners
• Current instructional design theories
• Instructional design models
• Needs analysis and storyboarding
• Writing learning objectives and desired learning outcomes
• Creating video training
• Working with SMEs
• Measuring learning effectiveness

Learner feedback:

I just finished my first course and felt like I was finally getting somewhere. I started and finished the course on Models of ID. It was a great course and just gave me a brief overview of some of the popular models that many IDs use.

Best for: People who have a LinkedIn Learning subscription and are active on LinkedIn, designers who want to learn from industry experts, corporate instructional designers. Try LinkedIn Learning free for one month.

4. e-Learning Ecologies (Coursera)

Top Pick

e-Learning Ecologies: Innovative Approaches to Teaching and Learning for the Digital Age

Learn about the benefits of eLearning technology and how to utilize it effectively to better educate your students in this excellent online course.

Try It Free

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Cost

Included with 7,000+ other courses with Coursera Plus subscription ($59/mo). Try Coursera Plus free for 7 days.

Duration

3 weeks to complete

Pros

• Offers university-level instruction
• Flexible schedule lets you learn at your own pace

Cons

• Some lectures can be a bit dry and lack engagement
• Not much of a community aspect

Overview

This course explores seven affordances of e-learning ecologies. These affordances, if recognized and harnessed, will prepare learners for success in a world that is increasingly dominated by digital information flows and tools for communication in the workplace, public spaces, and personal life.

This course offers a wide variety of examples of learning technologies and technology implementations that, to varying degrees, demonstrate these affordances in action.

It’s taught by multiple professors from the University of Illinois and is part of a certificate program for those who pay for the full course experience.

You will learn seven affordances of e-learning ecologies:

• Ubiquitous Learning
• Active Knowledge Making
• Multimodal Meaning
• Recursive Feedback
• Collaborative Intelligence
• Metacognition
• Differentiated Learning

Learner feedback:

A logically arranged course offering a cogent, insightful creative vision of learning in a time of emerging digital affordances. The course is interesting and worthwhile to take, beyond any shadow of a doubt. Highly recommended for anyone interested in teaching and learning in the 21st century, particularly e-learning, which increasingly intrudes on and mixes with “face to face” teaching and learning, as we harness the tools and media now available relatively easily, cheaply and ubiquitously.

Best for: People interested in the future of education and the “learning society,” including people who may wish to join education as a profession, practicing teachers interested in exploring future directions for a vocation, and community and workplace leaders who regard their mission to be in part “educative.” Try Coursera Plus free for 7 days.

5. Instructional Design Foundations (Coursera)

Also Great

Coursera - Instructional Design Foundations and Applications

This online instructional design course from the University of Illinois comprehensively covers the foundations of instructional design over a 4-week period. Included with a Coursera+ subscription

Learn More

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Cost

Included with 7,000+ other courses with Coursera Plus subscription ($59/mo). Try Coursera Plus free for 7 days. See our Coursera pricing guide for more info.

Duration

3 weeks

Pros

• Offers university-level instruction
• Flexible schedule lets you learn at your own pace
• Course is well organized

Cons

• Not much on the community/networking side of things
• Some lessons feel too long to keep the student’s attention

Overview

Learn the conceptual and theoretical foundations of instructional design in this excellent online course.

By understanding the concepts taught in this instructional design course, you’ll be better prepared to succeed in an eLearning environment.

Some of the things you’ll learn in this instructional design class include:

• Key concepts of instructional systems design
• Learning and instructional theories
• How to develop online learning objectives
• The process of instructional design
• Instructional design models
• Instructional solutions to performance problems in organizations

Learner feedback:

Very clear course, provides definitions and/or discussion of terms that at are useful for a clearer understanding of the ID process. Good continuity between topics and good use of diagrams.

I thoroughly enjoyed this course. It is well taught and well organised. The material provided a thorough overview of the field, and the readings were particularly fascinating and helpful.

Best for: Those new to the industry who need to get a grasp on instructional design theory and concepts. Try Coursera Plus free for 7 days.

6. Instructional Design Pro Part 1 (Udemy)

Cost

$79.99

Duration

28 lectures, 6.5 hours of video total

Pros

• Easy-to-follow instructions
• Pretty thorough
• Covers a lot of technical aspects overlooked by other courses

Cons

• The price for the course changes often, making it difficult to know if you’re getting the best deal
• The course focuses a bit more on the people in the room sometimes at the expense of the online viewer
• Some lessons drag a bit

Overview

This self-paced, on-demand instructional design class is the first in a three-part series.

It focuses on the initial steps in the instructional design process, including how to do a needs analysis and understand your audience.

It’s taught by Jason Teteak, the founder and CEO of Rule the Room Train the Trainer. Rather than spending a lot of time on theories and models, he focuses on transferring training skills via practical, simple, universal, and immediately actionable techniques.

When you’ve finished this ID course, check out Jason’s other two courses to learn about course design and curriculum production. Together, all of the courses act as a sort of instructional design mastery series.

You will learn:

• Identify with your audience and learn more about them
• Identify what they do and organize it in a way that makes sense
• Determine what to teach and how to organize it
• Determine the initial class structure

Learner feedback:

I thought the course was insightful and there was a lot of food for thought in terms of research, planning, designing and delivering a course. The layers of design structure felt a bit cumbersome but that may be because it is coming from a completely different frame of reference to my own. I liked the activities and the trainer’s engagement with the trainees. The resources available are really good. There was quite a lot of material to get through and sometimes it felt a little crammed. It was really positive having activities throughout and again having resources like the spreadsheet templates to facilitate that. Thank you!

Best for: Trainers who develop their own materials, people who want an introduction to needs analysis, designers who are looking for practical tips they can implement right away

7. Create Your First Course in Articulate Storyline 3 (Udemy)

Cost

$49.99 (see our Udemy pricing guide for more info)

Duration

28 lectures, 2.5 hours of video total

Pros

• Flexible, on-demand format
• Easy to follow the teacher’s instructions
• Well organized and very thorough

Cons

• Pacing is a little slow at times
• Audio quality could be better

Overview

This instructional design program covers the basics of getting started with Articulate Storyline 3.

Radu Velcea, a graphic design instructor for the past 7 years, walks you through the creation of a Storyline eLearning project. He shows you how to start a project from scratch and add interactive elements. He also covers how to assess a learner’s retention of the content by creating quizzes and a result page.

You’ll need Storyline 3 (full or trial version) to get the most out of this course.

You will learn:

• Setting up global preferences
• Starting a new project from scratch
• Adding animation, transitions, custom buttons, and images to a project
• Making sure your course meets accessibility requirements
• Creating a basic assessment
• Publishing your project

Learner feedback:

The course was very helpful and gave me a very descriptive and step by step guidance in creating a course with interactive elements, such as animations, buttons, hotspots, and audio narration, use of triggers to create animation paths and a lot more. Radu Velcea was very clear with a detailed and clear guidance of the use of the various tools required.

Best for: People who are new to Articulate Storyline 3, designers who want to make their eLearning courses more interactive and effective

8. Adobe Captivate Course Series (Udemy)

Cost

Individual course prices vary

Duration

About 2 hours per course

Pros

• Comprehensive instruction across the 3 courses
• Flexible, on-demand format

Cons

• No real community aspect for learners
• Some lessons have a dry presentation that doesn’t engage the student

Overview

Udemy offers a series of three Adobe Captivate courses that are perfect for aspiring instructional designers: Responsive Custom Quiz Questions, Focus on Simulations, and Focus on Demonstrations.

These online instructional design courses teach you how to use the more advanced features of Adobe Captivate eLearning software. If you’ve been wondering how to use variables, advanced actions, and multi-state objects, I recommend checking out all three.

Note that this series doesn’t provide an introduction to Captivate. Instead, it uses sample projects to show you how to use Captivate to go beyond the basics.

You’ll get lifetime access to these classes when you buy them, giving you the ability to go back to them as often as you need.

You will learn:

• Build your own advanced actions for multiple choice questions
• Create effective simulations and demonstrations using Adobe Captivate 8
• Understand the Adobe Captivate screen recording process
• Understand and configure the Mouse, Highlight Box and Text Caption objects
• Choose the correct output type based on your audience

Learner feedback:

Excellent Course. Clearly explained the topic and the steps. Provided great resource files. Examples allowed us to see certain steps repeated to more clearly follow the instructions.

Also really appreciated the “best practices” segment in the middle. Saves a lot of frustration later and having to learn things the hard way when applying the lesson to real world work.

When the instructor explains the why behind the steps, it helps us to better understand the software and helps us to be able to think through and solve other challenges.

Best for: Designers with some experience using Captivate who want to learn more about the advanced features

9. Instructional Design and Technology MicroMasters (edX)

Cost

$1,076.40 (edX pricing varies by course)

Duration

32 weeks

Pros

• Graduate-level instruction
• Very comprehensive

Cons

• Courses are on an instructor-paced schedule which lacks flexibility

Overview

This program consists of four courses:

• Learning Theory
• Instructional Design Models
• Digital Media, New Tools, and Technology
• Course Evaluation and Capstone Project

Each course is instructor-led with a set start and stop date and lasts for 8 weeks.

These instructional design classes are offered by the University of Maryland University College (UMUC) and taught by UMUC professors.

Overall, the program focuses on understanding learning theory and shows you how to blend traditional instructional design models with rapid prototyping and data analytics to create online courses. You will gain hands-on experience developing and publishing online courses using the edX platform.

You will learn:

• Understand contemporary learning theories to develop online learning experiences
• Apply instructional design models to the development of online learning experiences
• Select, evaluate or design digital media to support learning
• Identify, evaluate, and integrate emerging technologies to support online learning
• Design an implementation process for online learning experiences
• Apply data mining techniques to the design and evaluation of learning experiences

Learner feedback:

I found the contents of this course very interesting. Being a research scholar in educational technology, I found this course very useful. Designing the course contents for a different combination of technology and pedagogy is what I am looking forward to.

Best for: People who want a more structured, instructor-driven program, designers who are thinking about a Master’s degree but aren’t sure it’s for them and want to try it out first, people interested in learning theories

10. Introduction to Instructional Design (Harvard)

Cost

$3,220

Duration

15 weeks

Pros

• University-quality education
• Curriculum is up to date

Cons

• Course is only available at certain times of year
• Very limited number of seats available

Overview

This is a college-level, instructor-led course with academic readings, group discussions, and six projects.

You’ll study learning theories and frameworks, project planning, content expertise, communication, writing, and technology, and apply these theories to instructional design projects.

Throughout the course, students work together to produce learning experiences using today’s media and technologies. Students submit a project every two weeks.

You’ll want to plan ahead for this instructional design course; it is only offered for certain semesters, and it’s not available on demand.

You will learn:

• Good instructional design makes for better learning.
• Everyone needs to be a lifelong learner in the 21st century.
• Empathy is at the heart of instructional design.
• Metacognition is an ongoing practice that makes you a better learner and instructional designer.

Best for: People looking for an academic experience, professionals who want to build their portfolio, designers who want to work with others on academic projects

What to Look for When Choosing an Instructional Design Course

Over the several years I’ve spent in the eLearning industry, I’ve helped countless aspiring instructional designers get the training they need to launch successful, thriving careers in the field, so I know what to look for in an instructional design program.

Here are some of the things I looked at when rating instructional design courses, and I also highly recommend considering these factors yourself when choosing a training program:

• The quality of the course content. Make sure that the course covers all the essential topics in instructional design. That means things like ADDIE model application, creating learner personas, developing accessible eLearning content, utilizing Learning Management Systems (LMS), implementing multimedia learning principles, and applying formative and summative assessment strategies in a virtual environment.
• The length of the course. Some courses are very comprehensive and can take months to complete. Others are shorter and can be completed in a matter of weeks.
• The price of the course. Some instructional design courses can be quite expensive. Others are very affordable. Make sure to compare prices before enrolling in a course.
• The format of the course. Some instructional design courses are self-paced and allow you to learn at your own pace, while others are instructor-led and require you to attend live sessions.
• The credentials of the course provider. It is important to make sure that the course is provided by a reputable institution or organization with a strong reputation in instructional design.
• What students are saying. Finally, read reviews from previous students before enrolling in an online instructional design course. Reviews can provide valuable insight into the quality of the course, the instructor, and the learning materials.

A Final Word on the Best Instructional Design Courses

If you want to learn about eLearning and online education, you have more options than ever before thanks to these great instructional design classes online.

Your learning style, your goals, and your budget should all be part of your decision-making process. Think about how much time you have to devote to your learning and building your ID skills.

Passing these online instructional design courses can help you to improve your ID portfolio and can help advance your career.

I also recommend previewing these instructional design classes (remember many of them offer free trials as linked above!) if you can. This will go a long way toward showing you whether the course is worth the investment.

Never stop learning, and enjoy the journey to becoming an instructional designer!

The post The 10 Best Instructional Design Training Courses Online (2023) appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Put simply, the ADDIE Model in instructional design is a systematic framework consisting of five phases—Analysis, Design, Development, Implementation, and Evaluation—to guide the creation and refinement of educational programs and training materials.

But what exactly does that entail in practice?

In this article, I explore the ADDIE model in detail, including:

• What each stage in the ADDIE process involves
• Its importance in instructional design
• Advantages and disadvantages of using ADDIE in your learning environment

What is the ADDIE Model?

The ADDIE model is a continual process that instructional designers use to consider all variables that lead to the optimal outcome. The instructional design model is versatile enough to design any learning experience for any audience, from cellular biology lessons to corporate training programs.

Below are the five stages of the ADDIE model in detail.

1. Analysis

During analysis, you obtain the preliminary data that will drive the subsequent instructional design. Ideally, you should begin your investigation with a training needs assessment. It indicates whether or not training is a viable solution to the issue at hand.

The analysis phase mainly consists of the following steps:

• Developing learning profiles
• Selecting learning equipment and phases
• Researching and verifying learning sources
• Choosing delivery strategies

Before using ADDIE, you must first examine your training needs because you should only build an instruction if you determine it’s a solution to your problem. The analysis phase should answer questions such as:

• What is the goal of the training?
• Will the training help?
• What problem are you trying to fix?
• Where are you going to conduct your training?
• What type of behavioral change are you targeting?

The analysis grants you crucial information about your target audience and the behaviors they must display to perform better. The completed analysis should be your eLearning course’s heart and soul.

This analysis will be helpful as you progress through the ADDIE training model process.

You should have a plan for your eLearning course and understand your training needs at the end of the Analysis phase.

2. Design

Design is the phase of the ADDIE model that people refer to when talking about instructional design.

You develop the instruction itself during this phase, utilizing the analytic results to guide your design decisions. During this phase, you’ll often spend a lot of time speaking with subject matter experts (SMEs).

You use this raw data to create content that is tailored to the specific requirements. During this stage, the content you make is determined by the channel you choose to deliver the learning intervention.

The design phase mainly consists of the following steps:

• Storyboarding the design
• Scheduling and running tests with prototypes
• Designing online learning spaces
• Modifying your technology options

If you’re creating eLearning activities, for example, the output from this step could be a script or a production-ready storyboard.

If you’re planning a face-to-face intervention, the content for a facilitator guide and participant workbook could come out of this phase.

While storyboarding is beneficial, many projects do not give enough time for such depth. In the design phase, consider asking yourself the following questions:

• Will your course include visual and audio elements?
• How much time will learners take to complete the course?
• What tools are at your disposal to complete the training course?
• Does the trainee or learner have the skills to accomplish the learning goal?

You should have completed your course outline, overall design, and storyboard by the end of the Design phase.

3. Development

During the ADDIE development phase, you create the final instructional assets that the end users receive. In some ways, this phase is about translating the design phase’s results into the final product.

When creating an eLearning activity or video, you’ll probably need to extract assets from various places, such as audio files (narration, sound effects, background music, and so on), photos, videos, and raw text. This phase depends on the type of deliverable you’re working on, but it’s where you bring the final product to life.

You can offer the course to appeal to the audience by carefully selecting these features and using an ideal video presentation software. They should help you answer the following questions:

• Does the framework grab the reader’s attention?
• Are the learners engaged?
• Is there teamwork among learners?

The development process should be iterative so that you can test it to ensure it’s free of fundamental problems like grammar, spelling, and syntax.

Testing should also consider the course’s mechanics, while navigation is a crucial factor at this point.

The majority of learners’ issues are caused by how you create the course in the authoring tool.

The aggravating part is that it’s frequently something straightforward that the designer overlooks when they fail to test the course.

You should have finished your whole eLearning course by the end of the Development phase.

4. Implementation

You give the instructional interventions to the target audience during the implementation phase. It entails posting the courses or activities on the learning management system (LMS) and enrolling members from the target audience. You should also notify them that the courses are available and necessary in the case of eLearning.

The implementation stage includes gathering the target audience together at a time that is convenient for them.

You should also have a facilitator lead the experience for face-to-face sessions or virtual webinars. The implementation phase should generally answer the following questions:

• How are you handling possible errors when testing?
• Is your team capable of handling the implementation process, or do you need help?
• Can you track the progress and results successfully?

The instructional designer should keep an eye on the scenario to see if there are any teething problems. Conducting a course pilot before releasing the content to the entire group is one of the most excellent ways to avoid complications during the implementation phase.

Your eLearning course should be available in the LMS at the end of the Implementation phase for users to begin working on.

5. Evaluation

You measure the success of your training intervention on many levels during the evaluation phase.

Kirkpatrick’s model is the most widely used framework for training assessment. It states that you should measure the following during the evaluation phase:

• Learner reaction. How are learners reacting to the training intervention?
• Skills and knowledge. Are learners becoming more skilled and knowledgeable from the training program?
• Behavior and performance. Is there an increase in productivity after using the instructional materials?

The information you glean from the evaluation phase provides you with a detailed picture of the impact your intervention is having on the company.

Still, you can go one step further and undertake a return on investment (ROI) study to see if the costs of your endeavor resulted in a net financial gain.

The ADDIE learning model is unusual in that you can employ it in a continuous cycle as you constantly monitor learning outcomes.

In the final Evaluation process, for example, you may collect input. Then return it to the beginning of the Analysis phase, where it will begin an iteration of your end product.

You should have extensive information about what you need to review or improve for this or future courses and instructional materials at the end of the Evaluation phase.

Why is the ADDIE Model Important in Instructional Design?

Many instructional designers employ the ADDIE model for instructional design to provide technology-based training. It works well for developing professionally created, efficient, and high-quality distance learning programs.

Trainers and educators can use the ADDIE model’s methods to produce successful and efficient instructional designs for various educational programs.

The best strategy to educate trainers about ADDIE’s principles is the in-service training approach. It allows for return demonstrations and facilitation of in-person discussions, thereby emphasizing the trainer’s knowledge and skills.

Additionally, it prepares you for the successful application of ADDIE’s principles throughout your professional life.

As a result, the ADDIE learning model is widely accepted for corporate e-learning and training. It’s recognized as being extremely useful for sophisticated and large-scale teaching designs.

While the ADDIE training model is a widely used instructional design approach, it has its own set of advantages and disadvantages.

Advantages of the ADDIE model

Some people love the ADDIE model due to its flexibility, ease of modification, and ability to combine with other instructional design models.

Structure and flexibility

The ADDIE model for instructional design gives designers the framework to meet their studied objectives. It also provides flexibility to meet curriculum development and delivery motivations.

As a result, the organizers will give the most efficient and successful learner-centered experience possible.

Quality and effective designs

The ADDIE learning model helps trainers and instructional designers create more effective quality designs and clearly defined learning objectives.

It allows for structured and coherent content, and a measured and organized workload for educators and students with incorporated visualizations and media.

Easy to modify

You can change the ADDIE Model’s five phases at any time to better meet the needs of the user and to better reach desired learning outcomes. Each step may appear to be distinct, yet they are, in fact, intricately linked.

Developers can utilize one phase to inform the next, choosing which activities to complete in each stage.

The Analysis phase, for example, influences the design process, while the Design phase may trigger additional analysis.

Disadvantages of the ADDIE model

Although the ADDIE learning model has its advantages, it is frequently criticized for its overly-detailed approach and time to develop and apply it.

Time-consuming

During the first two phases of the ADDIE training model, you need a thorough up-front analysis which might take an extended period.

Furthermore, regular evaluation and post-testing that may yield little meaningful information can be a demanding task.

Overly-detailed

Processes and planning under this style are frequently so rigid that creativity becomes a hindrance.

Facilitators can learn from and adapt their preferred models as they use them.

Some believe that the model’s major problem is that it presumes you know everything you need to know before you start creating content.

Conclusion

The ADDIE training model has the potential to be a valuable tool in the development of learning experiences.

The model could be beneficial for guiding your instructional design process if you do everything correctly in the ADDIE model, that is:

• Allow for an iterative process
• Complete each stage before going to the next
• Pay attention to your original course objectives when creating instructional materials
• Act on feedback from your team, client, learners, and instructors during the training evaluation phase to improve your odds of meeting instructional goals

Understanding the ADDIE model and how it can be implemented into your work can be very useful when building your instructional design portfolio and furthering your career.

Want to increase your instructional design skills and learn even more about ADDIE and other key ID models?

You should seriously consider checking out the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program from Emeritus.

This program gives participants a unique chance to learn the principles and methodologies of the field straight from the experts. You’ll gain the firsthand expertise you need to create high-quality, impactful learning solutions that really make a difference.

Whether you’re an educator looking to enhance your skills or a professional seeking to advance your career, this one-of-a-kind program can help you take the next step. It’s an intensive course that covers everything you need to know to be an effective instructional designer and a whole lot more.

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Have any questions about the ADDIE model? Leave a comment below and we’ll do our best to answer!

The post What Is The ADDIE Model For Instructional Design? Everything You Should Know appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

By combining proven theories of learning with instructional design models, instructional designers can create engaging, effective learning experiences that promote retention and skill acquisition. Simply put, understanding instructional strategies can help you create an online course that’s highly effective.

In this post, I’ll define and analyze the key instructional design models being used today in training programs of all types, including ADDIE, Bloom’s Revised Taxonomy, Design Thinking Model, Merrill’s Principles of Instruction, and more.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

What are the Major Instructional Design Models?

The major instructional design models are:

• ADDIE model (Analysis, Design, Development, Implementation, and Evaluation)
• Bloom’s Revised Taxonomy
• Design thinking model
• Merrill’s principles of instruction
• Gagne’s nine events of instruction
• ARCS (Attention, Relevance, Confidence, Satisfaction) model

I’ll go into detail about each of these instructional strategies and methodologies below…

1. ADDIE model

ADDIE model is used for developing e-learning courses. The acronym ADDIE represents five phases, namely: Analysis, Design, Develop, Implement, and Evaluate.

Phases

ADDIE is a cyclical model where the outputs from one phase feed into the next as inputs. This makes it flexible and ideal for feedback gathering. That’s why it’s one of the most popular types of instructional design methods.

1. Analyze 

What is the purpose of the online course? To define the purpose, instructional designers (IDs) collect information about students (such as their learning needs) and the organizational expectations of the online course (content and context). Outputs include a task list and instructional objectives.

2. Design 

The ID chooses an instructional strategy to guide e-course development. They also define the objectives, delivery system, test items, description of the target population, and instruction sequencing.

3. Develop 

The online course is finalized and all the instructional materials are completed. It could be in hardware (such as simulation) or software format (electronic-based course). The ID generates lesson material and plans as well as any relevant documentation during the development process.

4. Implement

The ID delivers the learning program to the organization and rolls it out to the learners. The course could be rolled out in the classroom, lab, or via the computer on learning management systems. This phase aims to ensure that lesson instruction is efficient and effective.

5. Evaluate 

The ID assesses whether the course and instructional materials meet the learners’ and organization’s needs and expectations. The assessment could be summative or formative.

• Summative evaluation occurs after the final rollout and informs the decision to purchase, continue, or discontinue the course.
• Formative evaluation determines if the online course can be improved before the final version is rolled out.

Each phase is collaborative, meaning that the ID collaborates with stakeholders to ensure they are satisfied before proceeding to the next one.

How it is used

The ADDIE model is mostly used in designing e-learning courses and instructional materials. It is one of the oldest models of instructional design.

The drawback with the ADDIE model is that some instructors have called its effectiveness into question.

However, you can pair it with other instructional design methodologies (such as the ARCS model or Gagne’s 9 events of instruction) for effective instruction and learning.

2. Bloom’s Taxonomy (Revised)

Bloom’s Taxonomy organizes learning objectives in a hierarchy. Within the hierarchy are 3 domains: cognitive, affective, and psychomotor.

The cognitive domain concerns experiences and thinking, while the affective domain concerns feelings and emotions. Lastly, the psychomotor domain concerns practical and motor skills.

Each domain has different learning levels, arranged from the simplest to the most complex.

Phases

Bloom’s Revised Taxonomy has three domains:

1. Cognitive

The cognitive learning domain has six categories or objectives.

2. Affective

The affective domain describes how people deal with their emotions, attitudes, and motives. It has 5 categories.

3. Psychomotor (sensory)

The psychomotor domain is concerned with motor skills and coordination. Categories within this domain include:

How it is used

Bloom’s Taxonomy is applicable in learning environments that promote advanced thinking such as analysis.

It is handy in the planning process, such as lesson planning. Instructors and IDs can use this model to draft classroom learning objectives for their lesson plans.

Here’s how to apply Bloom’s (Revised) Taxonomy in the classroom:

1. Incorporate action verbs in the learning objectives
2. Draft learning questions to inspire cognitive development, such as “how many” to provoke remembering.
3. Include action-verb questions in class discussions to encourage deeper learning.

3. Design thinking model

This solution-based instructional design framework focuses on learner empathy. The ID takes on the role of an ethnographer to understand and empathize with the learner’s needs. 

Becoming an ethnographer helps the ID develop creative learning solutions relevant and valuable to the learner.

Phases

1. Empathize

The ID observes learners and asks questions to gain insight into their needs and experiences. This empathetic stance pushes the IDs to set aside their biases and assumptions. This helps them focus on getting the users’ needs accurately.

2. Define 

After gathering the users’ information, the ID analyzes and consolidates the information to define a problem statement.

3. Ideate 

This is a creative phase where solutions are defined. Its purpose is to spark a range of solutions that the instructional designer can adopt in the next phase. Common ideation techniques are brainstorming, storyboarding, sketching, worst idea, and storyboarding.

This is an important phase because the ID shifts focus from empathy and problem definition to coming up with solutions.

4. Prototype 

The instructional designer creates a scaled-down model that solves the learners’ problem. Its purpose is two-fold:

• To validate ideas from the previous stage and pick the best solution.
• To collaborate with users so that the end product solves their learning problem.

5. Test 

The instructional designer tests the final product and collects the results. The findings inform the decision to re-examine the problem and the users’ needs. The outcome is a modification or remodeling of the learning system.

How it is used

You can use this model to develop courses or solutions where the problem is ill-defined. You can solve poor problem definitions in the empathetic stage.

4. Merrill’s principles of instruction

Merrill’s principles of instruction integrate five learning fundamentals that ensure learners get maximum knowledge from an online course. The five principles are task-centered, activation, demonstration, application, and integration. 

David Merrill developed the instructional learning methodology in 2002 to help learners:

• Relate a task or problem to the real world.
• Connect prior learning/existing knowledge with new knowledge.
• Apply new knowledge independently through trial and error.
• Share this knowledge to promote memory retention and recall.
• Relate the knowledge with their world through discussions and reflection.

Phases

Merrill’s 5 principles of instruction are:

1. Task-centered

Use problem-centered instruction to promote learning.

2. Activation

Ensure learning activates the learner’s current knowledge.

3. Demonstration 

Incorporate practical elements in instruction to help the learner understand new information.

4. Application 

Encourage the learner to apply the new knowledge.

5. Integration

Incorporate the new knowledge in the learner’s world.

How it is used

You can apply Merrill’s five principles to your instructional program in various ways:

• Give a worked example of a particular task and ask the student to complete it. Start with a basic problem and example, then build to complex examples.
• Make tasks interesting and engaging by drawing onto the student’s experiences.
• Demonstrate the instruction using different perspectives and ideas. Using diverse forms of media in print, video, or audio can help make demonstrations more relatable.
• Gradually build the student’s independence by creating opportunities to apply the learned knowledge.
• Encourage students to share knowledge in class or group discussions or presentations.

5. Gagne’s 9 events of instruction

Gagne’s Nine Events of Instruction give guidelines for creating effective learning experiences. Within each step is a communication strategy to help IDs understand the learning process and design engaging instructional material.

Phases

1. Get the learner’s attention

Create an environment where the students feel ready to learn and engage. You can use a stimulus to capture their attention, such as an ice-breaker, joke, game, a surprise element, or a question.

2. Communicate the learning objectives

Share the lesson objectives before you begin the session. Let them know the desired outcomes and components of the course so that they are clear about the learning expectations.

3. Encourage recall of previous lessons

Connect new instruction with something the students already learned or experienced.

Here are some tips to connect previous knowledge with current lessons in an instructional unit:

• Ask questions about a previous experience.
• Ask questions about a concept that students previously learned.

4. Present the course content 

You can use engaging and meaningful strategies to present new knowledge such as demonstration, group work, videos, or podcasts.

• Use active learning strategies to increase student participation.
• Assign projects

5. Give guidance

Simplify the learning experience by providing clear, concise, and accurate instructions.

6. Allocate practice time

This gives students time for deep learning through recall and repetition. Elicit performance through quizzes, role-playing activities, or branching scenarios.

7. Give timely feedback

Providing personalized and immediate feedback helps students track their learning progress.

• Write your feedback on projects and assignment
• Incorporate peer-evaluation assessments
• Outline the criteria for feedback (negative and positive) in a detailed rubric.

8. Evaluate performance 

Use assessments such as pop quizzes and written exams to test students’ recall.

9. Enhance retention 

Help students apply their knowledge using real-world practice and scenarios.

How it is used

You can apply Gagne’s nine events of instruction in various ways:

1. Drafting and presenting a handout that describes the course objectives, assessment prompts, required performance, and the criteria for standard performance.
2. Use multimedia to keep students engaged, such as videos, PowerPoint presentations, lecture podcasts, or recorded demonstrations.
3. Help students recall prior knowledge with a pop quiz, pre-tests, or discussion questions.
4. Guide students by sharing tips for navigating the course and ensuring that the instructions are concise and very clear.

Robert Gagne developed this instructional design framework with the learner’s needs in mind.

6. ARCS model

The ARCS (Attention, Relevance, Confidence, and Satisfaction) model is a motivation-based instructional design process. ARCS goals are to encourage learners to analyze information and to sustain their attention during instruction.

John M. Keller developed this model to help instructors understand what influences a learner’s motivation. It gives a systematic framework for IDs to identify and solve learning motivation problems.

Motivational strategies

Four motivational strategies make the ARCS instructional design model:

1. Attention: Spark the learner’s attention with humor, real-world examples, questions, conflict, or active participation.
2. Relevance: Make instruction relevant using concrete examples that learners can relate to. Use techniques such as modeling and needs-matching.
3. Confidence: Help students feel that they can meet the learning objectives and motivate them to envision a successful outcome
4. Satisfaction: Create a reward system for students. Recognize their achievements with praise or other rewards.

Instructional designers consider these 4 motivational strategies in mind during the design process (definition, design, development, and evaluation).

In the first step, IDs identify areas where motivation is lacking. Then the instructional designer creates the course and develops learning materials informed by the motivational strategies. Lastly, they evaluate the course to see what is working and not working.

How it is used

You can use the ARCS model in the following ways:

• Find out which educational technology platforms (such as laptops and student apps) can serve as motivational tools for learning.
• Arouse the learner’s perception using the element of surprise or doubt. Or, you can stimulate the learner’s inquiry by challenging a real-world problem.
• Link instruction to past experiences and attach perceived worth to the knowledge.
• Give examples demonstrating how other people applied that skill or knowledge successfully. It makes learners view the course as relevant and useful.
• Give the learner a choice for taking the instruction. This is especially important for adult learners who want to define their learning preferences, such as self-paced learning options.
• Communicate the lesson objectives to help learners know what they should achieve by the end of the course. It also lets them know the instructor’s expectations and how they will be evaluated.
• Give constructive feedback to help learners know their progress. Constructive feedback is effective in reinforcing positive learning behavior.
• Reward learners to increase their satisfaction levels.

Other Resources

• How to create an instructional design portfolio
• Instructional designer salary ranges
• The top instructional design courses online
• Instructional design resume creation tips
• The top instructional designer interview questions
• Where to find the best instructional design jobs

A Final Word on Instructional Design Models

In this post, we have defined and explained the major instructional design models:

• ADDIE model (Analysis, Design, Development, Implementation, and Evaluation)

• Bloom’s Revised Taxonomy

• Design thinking model

• Merrill’s principles of instruction

• Gagne’s nine events of instruction

• ARCS model

Each model has its strengths and you can use a combination that helps you design and implement learner-centered courses for your instructional environment. The practical tips for applying each model will increase the success of your instruction program and improve knowledge retention with your students.

Want to boost your skills in instructional design and learn even more about these models?

Look no further than the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program from Emeritus.

In just 5 months, you’ll dive into the fundamentals of instructional design, explore popular theories and models, and learn best practices for online learning. It’s an intensive course that covers everything you need to know and more.

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Have any questions about these instructional design models? Which models of instructional design seem most interesting to you? Let us know by leaving a comment.

The post The Major Instructional Design Models Explained & Defined appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Whether you’re a beginner or a seasoned professional, instructional design books can help you create more impactful online courses and learning experiences for students.

Every book from the list will help you broaden your horizons as an eTeacher, or encounter alternative approaches to what you thought was written in stone. My review covers 100 titles in 16 categories.

In addition to reading the best instructional design books out there, I also highly recommend taking an in-depth course on the subject to truly master the subject and to better improve your odds of landing a great job in the field.

Unleash your true potential with Emeritus’ Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program and take your career to new heights.

Discover the basics of instructional design, explore popular theories, and learn practical strategies for designing online learning environments.

Whether you’re a beginner or an experienced professional, this program is perfect for unlocking your full potential.

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Now, let’s get down to some reading!

Books chart

Cover	Book name
I. Beginners’ guides
	1. Design for How People Learn (2nd Edition) (Voices That Matter). By Julie Dirksen, 2015.
	2. Essentials of Online Course Design: A Standards-Based Guide (Essentials of Online Learning). 2nd Edition. By Marjorie Vai, Kristen Sosulski, 2011
	3. Instructional Design for ELearning: Essential guide to creating successful eLearning courses. By Marina Arshavskiy, 2013
	4. Delivering E-Learning: A Complete Strategy for Design, Application and Assessment. 1st Edition. By Kenneth Fee, 2009
	5. E-Learning Fundamentals: A Practical Guide Paperback. By Diane Elkins, Desiree Pinder, 2015
	6. Systematic Design of Instruction. 6th Edition. By Walter Dick, Lou Carey, James O. Carey, 2004
	7. Principles of Instructional Design. 5th Edition. By Robert M. Gagne, Walter W. Wager, Katharine Golas, John M. Keller, 2004
	8. Instructional Design. 3rd Edition. By Patricia L. Smith, Tillman J. Ragan, 2004
	9. Designing Effective Instruction. 5th Edition. By Gary R. Morrison, Steven M. Ross, Jerrold E. Kemp, 2006
	10. Instructional Design that Soars: Shaping What You Know Into Classes That Inspire. By Guila Muir, 2013
II. Classic Works on e-Learning and Instructional Design
	11. The Essentials of Instructional Design: Connecting Fundamental Principles with Process and Practice, Third Edition. By Abbie Brown, Timothy D. Green, 2015
	12. Revolutionize Learning & Development: Performance and Innovation Strategy for the Information Age. 1st Edition. By Clark N. Quinn, 2014
	13. ISD From the Ground Up: A No-Nonsense Approach to Instructional Design. By Chuck Hodell, 2011
	14. The Online Teaching Survival Guide: Simple and Practical Pedagogical Tips. 2nd Edition. By Judith V. Boettcher, Rita-Marie Conrad, 2016
	15. e-Learning and the Science of Instruction: Proven Guidelines for Consumers and Designers of Multimedia Learning. 3rd Edition. By Ruth C. Clark, Richard E. Mayer, 2011
	16. e-Learning by Design. 2nd Edition. By William Horton, 2011
	17. First Principles of Instruction. 1st Edition. By M. David Merril, 2012
	18. About Face: The Essentials of Interaction Design. By Alan Cooper, Robert Reimann, David Cronin, Christopher Noessel, 2014
	19. Design for Information: An Introduction to the Histories, Theories, and Best Practices Behind Effective Information Visualizations. By Isabel Meirelles, 2013
	20. Immersive Learning: Designing for Authentic Practice. By Koreen Olbrish Pagano, 2013
III. Practical Course Authoring
	21. The New Art and Science of Teaching: More Than Fifty New Instructional Strategies for Academic Success. By Robert J. Marzano, 2017.
	22. The Accidental Instructional Designer: Learning Design for the Digital Age. By Cammy Bean, 2014
	23. Designing Successful e-Learning, Michael Allen’s Online Learning Library: Forget What You Know About Instructional Design and Do Something Interesting. 1st Edition. By Michael W. Allen, 2007
	24. Streamlined ID: A Practical Guide to Instructional Design. 1st Edition. By Miriam Larson, Barbara B. Lockee, 2013
	25. Ten Steps to Complex Learning: A Systematic Approach to Four-Component Instructional Design. 2nd Edition. By Jeroen J.G. van Merriënboer, Paul A. Kirschner, 2012
	26. How to Personalize Learning: A Practical Guide for Getting Started and Going Deeper. 1st Edition. By Barbara A. Bray, Kathleen A. McClaskey, 2016.
	27. Telling Ain’t Training: Updated, Expanded, Enhanced. 2nd Edition. By Harold D. Stolovitch, Erica J. Keeps, 2011
	28. Best Practices in Engaging Online Learners Through Active and Experiential Learning Strategies (Best Practices in Online Teaching and Learning). By Stephanie Smith Budhai, Ke’Anna Skipwith, 2016
	29. The Blended Course Design Workbook: A Practical Guide. By Kathryn E. Linder, 2016
	30. Instructional Design-Step by Step: Nine Easy Steps for Designing Lean, Effective, and Motivational Instruction. By PhD John S. Hoffman, 2013
IV. Visuals & UX Design
	31. Sketching User Experiences: Getting the Design Right and the Right Design (Interactive Technologies). 1st Edition. By Bill Buxton, 2017
	32. Visual Design Solutions: Principles and Creative Inspiration for Learning Professionals. 1st Edition. By Connie Malamed, 2015
	33. Visual Language for Designers: Principles for Creating Graphics that People Understand. By Connie Malamed, 2011
	34. The Non-Designer’s Design Book. 4th Edition. By Robin Williams, 2015
	35. Graphic Design for Nondesigners: Essential Knowledge, Tips, and Tricks, Plus 20 Step-by-Step Projects for the Design Novice. By Tony Seddon, Jane Waterhouse, Rick Landers, 2009
V. Video Production
	36. Rapid Video Development for Trainers: How to Create Learning Videos Fast and Affordably. By Jonathan Halls, 2012
	37. Creating Video for Teachers and Trainers: Producing Professional Video with Amateur Equipment 1st Edition. By Tim Spannaus, 2012
	38. E-Learning with Camtasia Studio. By David B. Demyan, 2014
	39. How to Shoot Video That Doesn’t Suck: Advice to Make Any Amateur Look Like a Pro. 1st Edition. By Steve Stockman, 2011
	40. The Visual Story: Creating the Visual Structure of Film, TV and Digital Media. 2nd Edition. By Bruce Block (Author), 2007
VI. Course Scenario How-tos
	41. Scenario-based e-Learning: Evidence-Based Guidelines for Online Workforce Learning. 1st Edition. By Ruth C. Clark, Richard E. Mayer, 2012.
	42. Scenario-Based Learning: Using Stories To Engage e-Learners (Scenario-Based Learning, Volume 1). By Ph.D. Ray Jimenez, 2009.
	43. Scenario Planning in Organizations: How to Create, Use, and Assess Scenarios. By Thomas J. Chermack, 2011.
	44. Case Scenarios for Teaching and Learning Social Work Practice (Teaching Social Work) Reprint Edition. By Shirley M. Haulotte, Jane A. Kretzschmar, 2011.
	45. Scenario Based Learning: A Better Methodology of Teaching English and Mathematics. By Navnath Tupe, 2013.
VII. Project Management
	46. Project Managing E-Learning: A Handbook for Successful Design, Delivery and Management. 1st Edition. By Maggie McVay Lynch, John Roecker, 2007.
	47. Project Management for Trainers. 2nd Edition. By Lou Russell, 2016
	48. Effective Project Management: Traditional, Agile, Extreme. 7th Edition. By Robert K. Wysocki, 2013
	49. Project Management: Tools and Trade-offs. 1st Edition. By Ted Klastorin, 2011
	50. Project Management for the Unofficial Project Manager: A FranklinCovey Title. By Kory Kogon, Suzette Blakemore, James Wood, 2015
VIII. ADDIE
	51. Rapid Instructional Design: Learning ID Fast and Right. 3rd Edition. By George M. Piskurich, 2015
	52. Instructional Design: The ADDIE Approach. By Robert Maribe Branch, 2011
	53. ISD From The Ground Up: A No-Nonsense Approach to Instructional Design. 4th Edition. By Chuck Hodell, 2016
	54. Designing Effective Instruction. 7th Edition. By Gary R. Morrison, Steven M. Ross, Howard K. Kalman, Jerrold E. Kemp, 2012
	55. The ISD Handbook: Everything You Should Know About Instructional Systems Design, But Didn’t Know to Ask! Kindle Edition. By Garry Neale, 2016
IX. Agile/SAM
	56. Leaving ADDIE for SAM: An Agile Model for Developing the Best Learning Experiences. By Michael W. Allen, Richard Sites, 2012
	57. Leaving ADDIE for SAM Field Guide: Guidelines and Templates for Developing the Best Learning Experiences. By Richard Sites, Angel Green, 2014
	58. Agility Shift: Creating Agile and Effective Leaders, Teams, and Organizations. By Pamela Meyer, 2015
	59. Agile Project Management: Creating Innovative Products (2nd Edition). By Jim Highsmith, 2009
	60. Agile Methodology for Developing & Measuring Learning: Training Development for Today’s World. By Kaliym A. Islam, 2013
X. Children and Teenage Learning
	61. How Children Succeed: Grit, Curiosity, and the Hidden Power of Character. By Paul Tough, 2013
	62. Hacking Engagement: 50 Tips & Tools To Engage Teachers and Learners Daily (Hack Learning Series Book 7). Kindle Edition. By James Alan Sturtevant, 2016
	63. Secrets of the Teenage Brain: Research-Based Strategies for Reaching and Teaching Today’s Adolescents. By Sheryl G. Feinstein, Eric Jensen, 2013
	64. The Exceptional Child: Inclusion in Early Childhood Education. 8th Edition. By K. Eileen Allen, Glynnis Edwards Cowdery, 2014
	65. A Guidance Approach for the Encouraging Classroom. 6th Edition. By Dan Gartrell, 2013
XI. Adult Education
	66. Leading for Powerful Learning: A Guide for Instructional Leaders. By Angela Breidenstein, Kevin Fahey, Carl Glickman, Frances Hensley, 2012
	67. Designing Training and Instructional Programs for Older Adults (Human Factors & Aging). By Sara J. Czaja, Joseph Sharit, 2012
	68. Teaching Adults: A Practical Guide for New Teachers (Jossey-Bass Higher and Adult Education). 1st Edition. By Ralph G. Brockett, 2015
	69. How to Teach Adults: Plan Your Class, Teach Your Students, Change the World, Expanded Edition (Jossey-Bass Higher and Adult Education). 1st Edition. By Dan Spalding, 2014
	70. Planning Programs for Adult Learners: A Practical Guide. 3rd Edition. By Rosemary S. Caffarella, Sandra Ratcliff Daffron, Ronald M. Cervero, 2013
XII. e-Learning in Business
	71. Michael Allen’s Guide to E-Learning: Building Interactive, Fun, and Effective Learning Programs for Any Company 1st Edition. By Michael W. Allen, 2003
	72. Training That Delivers Results: Instructional Design That Aligns with Business Goals. By Dick Handshaw, 2014
	73. Employee Training & Development. 5th Edition. By Raymond Noe, 2017
	74. The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning: How to Turn Training and Development into Business Results. By Roy V. H. Pollock, Andy Jefferson, Calhoun W. Wick, 2015
	75. Learning to Succeed: Rethinking Corporate Education in a World of Unrelenting Change. Kindle Edition. By Jason Wingard, 2015
XIII. Blended Learning
	76. More Than Blended Learning: Creating world-class learning interventions. Kindle Edition. By Clive Shepherd, 2015
	77. The Online Learning Idea Book, Volume Two: Proven Ways to Enhance Technology-Based and Blended Learning. 2nd Edition. By Patti Shank, 2011
	78. Blended Learning in Action: A Practical Guide Toward Sustainable Change. 1st Edition. By Catlin R. Tucker, Tiffany Wycoff, Jason T. Green, 2016
	79. Blended: Using Disruptive Innovation to Improve Schools. 1st Edition. By Michael B. Horn, Heather Staker, Clayton M. Christensen, 2014
	80. Blended Learning in Grades 4–12: Leveraging the Power of Technology to Create Student-Centered Classrooms. 1st Edition. By Catlin R. Tucker, 2012.
XIV. Education and Psychology
	81. Creative Confidence: Unleashing the Creative Potential Within Us All. By Tom Kelley, David Kelley, 2013
	82. Bringing Out the Best in People. By Aubrey Daniels, 1999
	83. Make It Stick: The Science of Successful Learning. 1st Edition. By Peter C. Brown, Henry L. Roediger III, Mark A. McDaniel, 2014
	84. How to Turn Learners On… Without Turning Them Off: Ways to Ignite Interest in Learning. 3rd Edition. By Robert F. Mager, 1997
	85. Educational Psychology (12th Edition). 12th Edition. By Anita Woolfolk, 2012.
	86. Psychology for the Classroom: E-Learning. By John Woollard, 2011
	87. The Art of Mental Training: A Guide to Performance Excellence (Collector’s Edition). By DC Gonzalez, 2013
	88. The Living Classroom: Teaching and Collective Consciousness (Suny Series in Transpersonal and Humanistic Psychology). By Christopher M. Bache, 2008
	89. Positive Psychology in the Elementary School Classroom (Norton Books in Education). 1st Edition. By Patty O’Grady, 2013
	90. Activities for Teaching Positive Psychology: A Guide for Instructor. 1st Edition. By Jeffrey J. Froh, Acacia C. Parks, 2012
XV. Gamification
	91. Gamify: How Gamification Motivates People to Do Extraordinary Things. By Biran Burke, 2014
	92. Actionable Gamification – Beyond Points, Badges, and Leaderboards. By Yu-kai Chou, 2015
	93. Even Ninja Monkeys Like to Play: Gamification, Game Thinking & Motivational Design. By Andrzej Marczewski, 2015
	94. The Gamification of Learning and Instruction: Game-based Methods and Strategies for Training and Education. 1st Edition. By Karl M. Kapp, 2012
	95. Gamestorming: A Playbook for Innovators, Rulebreakers, and Changemakers. By Dave Gray, Sunni Brown, James Macanufo, 2010.
XVI. General Topics
	96. Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action. By Simon Sinek, 2011
	97. Self-Promotion for Introverts: The Quiet Guide to Getting Ahead (Business Books). By Nancy Ancowitz, 2009.
	98. Influencer: The New Science of Leading Change, Second Edition. By Joseph Grenny, Kerry Patterson, David Maxfield, Ron McMillan, Al Switzler, 2013
	99. Analyzing Performance Problems: Or, You Really Oughta Wanna–How to Figure out Why People Aren’t Doing What They Should Be, and What to do About It. By Robert F. Mager, Peter Pipe, 1997
	100. The Personal Efficiency Program: How to Stop Feeling Overwhelmed and Win Back Control of Your Work. By Kerry Gleeson, 2008

Beginner’s Guides

Here you can find a list of books I recommend for novice course authors and trainers. Read on for basic principles, terms and scenarios.

1. Design for How People Learn (2nd Edition) (Voices That Matter)

By Julie Dirksen, 2015

A great fit for beginners and experts alike, this clearly written book underlines the key factors behind learning, memory, and knowledge acquisition that instructional designers should leverage to create engaging materials. Great imagery, facts, figures, and an impeccable sense of humor.

Check out on Amazon →

2. Essentials of Online Course Design: A Standards-Based Guide (Essentials of Online Learning). 2nd Edition

By Marjorie Vai, Kristen Sosulski, 2011

A brief overview of e-Learning development and implementation, this work outlines smart pedagogical, organizational and visual design tools, and best practices. Practice supported by theory, a checklist of standards, assessment techniques, writing styles, group work recommendations, and nice illustrations inside.

Check out on Amazon →

3. Instructional Design for ELearning: Essential guide to creating successful eLearning courses

By Marina Arshavskiy, 2013

This book is an easy introduction to Instructional Design (ID). How-tos, comprehensive tables, surveys, nifty visuals, templates, and tips for keeping up knowledge retention. A good summary of theoretical and practical issues unveiled in simple precise wording. Highly recommended for beginners.

Check out on Amazon →

4. Delivering E-Learning: A Complete Strategy for Design, Application and Assessment. 1st Edition

By Kenneth Fee, 2009

Looking for a strategic perspective? Then it’s wiser to pick another source. This text’s goal is merely to provide clear step-by-step guidance to course creation. The book slants towards learning approaches rather than specific technology, deciphers jargon, and dispels misconceptions.

Check out on Amazon →

5. E-Learning Fundamentals: A Practical Guide Paperback

By Diane Elkins, Desiree Pinder, 2015

Why e-Learning? What is an LMS? How to write a storyboard? These and more questions find concise answers in this book. Basics of e-Learning design, test questions, efficient media, review and assessment processes are covered in this beginner’s guide.

Check out on Amazon →

6. Systematic Design of Instruction. 8th Edition

By Walter Dick, Lou Carey, James O. Carey, 2014

Once dubbed ‘the Bible of Instructional Design’, this text covers all the fundamentals for edu decision-makers. Best procedures for designing, developing, and assessment. A simple yet meticulous approach to prioritizing and reaching learning goals. A handbook for future Masters in training.

Check out on Amazon →

7. Principles of Instructional Design. 5th Edition

By Robert M. Gagne, Walter W. Wager, Katharine Golas, John M. Keller, 2004

Leveraging psychology and information processing, this guide to ID describes comprehensive courses and instruction modules. The technology part may sound outdated, but the cultural context and learner-driven approaches are here to stay. Handy reference book for newbies and power designers.

Check out on Amazon →

8. Instructional Design. 3rd Edition

By Patricia L. Smith, Tillman J. Ragan, 2004

A source of inspiration for K-12 teachers, this work speaks of declarative and procedural knowledge, various learning scenarios and techniques. The authors follow the ADDIE model to support their ID vision. Most grads and practitioners find this book a valuable investment!

Check out on Amazon →

9. Designing Effective Instruction. 5th Edition

By Gary R. Morrison, Steven M. Ross, Jerrold E. Kemp, 2006

A classic ID textbook and reference material juxtaposing theory and real-world examples for teachers-to-be and seasoned trainers. Easy-to-follow advice applies smoothly to K-12, higher education, distance learning, and business training. Authors blend behavioral and cognitive methodologies for comprehensive results.

Check out on Amazon →

10. Instructional Design that Soars: Shaping What You Know Into Classes That Inspire

By Guila Muir, 2013

ID from planning to delivery in just 10 short chapters. An easy-to-read non-academic book containing worksheets, templates and checklists. This edition is suitable for beginners, and addresses a broad audience of educators, HR managers, and small business owners.

Check out on Amazon →

ID Classics

These books are among my favorites as classic works on course design and e-Learning. Some of them are new, others were written 10–15 years ago, yet they still make great reading.

11. The Essentials of Instructional Design: Connecting Fundamental Principles with Process and Practice, Third Edition.

By Abbie Brown, Timothy D. Green, 2015

‘The Essentials’ provides novice instructional designers with an overview of key procedures including audience/task analysis, needs and objectives analysis, organization of the learning environment, learner evaluation, etc. Here you can find a variety of approaches to each step. Easily digestible, yet comprehensive.

Check out on Amazon →

12. Revolutionize Learning & Development: Performance and Innovation Strategy for the Information Age. 1st Edition

By Clark N. Quinn, 2014

This book introduces new techniques to training environments. Major changes may be overwhelming for practitioners, yet there’s always room for perfection. Learn more about the concepts of research-based frameworks, performance support, informal learning, etc. A source of inspiration for innovators!

Check out on Amazon →

13. ISD From the Ground Up: A No-Nonsense Approach to Instructional Design Paperback

By Chuck Hodell, 2011

This work focuses on Instructional Systems Design (ISD) and the classic approach to course authoring. Basics of ISD, ADDIE, lesson plans, tips, and more! A plethora of guidelines and best practices that will benefit beginners and experts alike.

Check out on Amazon →

14. The Online Teaching Survival Guide: Simple and Practical Pedagogical Tips. 2nd Edition

By Judith V. Boettcher, Rita-Marie Conrad, 2016

This handy reference book builds on an overview of theory-powered practices for e-Learning. The key takeaways from this work include the use of technology in online teaching, tailored pedagogical tips, insights into latest cognition research. Highly recommended to novice e-teachers!

Check out on Amazon →

15. e-Learning and the Science of Instruction: Proven Guidelines for Consumers and Designers of Multimedia Learning. 3rd Edition

By Ruth C. Clark, Richard E. Mayer, 2011

A must-read for instructors engaged in online teaching and e-Learning, ‘The Science of Instruction’ builds on evidence-based findings and practical guidelines. Complex concepts are explained in a clear fashion, making the book accessible to both ID experts and aspiring students.

Check out on Amazon →

16. e-Learning by Design. 2nd Edition

By William Horton, 2011

A comprehensive e-Learning handbook addressing the modern world of ID, social learning, mobile learning, games, and beyond. A down-to-earth resource that helps trainers to develop meaningful classes, create tests and assessments, and craft simulations and individualized programs. Clear language, succinct style!

Check out on Amazon →

17. First Principles of Instruction. 1st Edition

By M. David Merril, 2012

The book advocates the student-oriented approach (as opposed to content-oriented), and offers proprietary concepts like the ‘Pebble-in-the-Pond’ instructional design model. The e3 ID Checklist is a great benchmark for assessing existing instructional programs and making changes on the fly.

Check out on Amazon →

18. About Face: The Essentials of Interaction Design

By Alan Cooper, Robert Reimann, David Cronin, Christopher Noessel, 2014

‘About Face’ comes high on the heels of the technology shift we’ve been witnessing in the past decade. Design for mobile platforms and touch interfaces, interactions, collaboration tools, and a goal-directed methodology are unveiled in this highly relevant empirical work.

Check out on Amazon →

19. Design for Information: An Introduction to the Histories, Theories, and Best Practices Behind Effective Information Visualizations

By Isabel Meirelles, 2013

The book provides an ample overview of historic and up-to-date visual solutions employed in information delivery. A well-structured source for graphic designers and course authors that spans cognition, perception, and computer interaction, and suggests smart engagement and instruction techniques.

Check out on Amazon →

20. Immersive Learning: Designing for Authentic Practice

By Koreen Olbrish Pagano, 2013

Koreen Olbrish Pagano’s text leverages immersive learning techniques to bring maximum value to academia and workplaces. The books describes how instructional designers can manage and channel learners’ cognitive experiences, elicit feedback and map out short-term and long-term consequences. Highly recommended!

Check out on Amazon →

Practical course authoring

This set of books will provide you with basic steps towards successful course authoring.

21. The New Art and Science of Teaching: More Than Fifty New Instructional Strategies for Academic Success.

By Robert J. Marzano, 2017

This work builds on the three pillars of effective instruction: students must get relevant material and constant feedback, and have their psychological needs met. ‘The New Art’ gives full strategic guidance and practical advice on efficient teaching and course authoring.

Check out on Amazon →

22. The Accidental Instructional Designer: Learning Design for the Digital Age

By Cammy Bean, 2014

A fresh view of e-Learning, basics of course design, scenarios, interactivity, and visual design. The work is more suitable for beginners, or as the author puts it, accidental instructional designers. What to do and what to avoid in this soon-to-be-classic handbook.

Check out on Amazon →

23. Designing Successful e-Learning, Michael Allen’s Online Learning Library: Forget What You Know About Instructional Design and Do Something Interesting. 1st Edition

By Michael W. Allen, 2007

This collection of e-Learning techniques will help you achieve specific educational objectives through motivation and smart design. Based on theory and experience, Michael Allen suggests you do something to stand out, and reap the benefits. The book tells you how!

Check out on Amazon →

24. Streamlined ID: A Practical Guide to Instructional Design. 1st Edition

By Miriam Larson, Barbara B. Lockee, 2013

The book unveils the basics of ID through the prism of ADDIE. An ideal reference for streamlined course authoring, this text caters to a variety of pedagogical approaches: Instructivist, Constructivist, and Connectivist. Every chapter highlights key concepts and provides additional assignments.

Check out on Amazon →

25. Ten Steps to Complex Learning: A Systematic Approach to Four-Component Instructional Design. 2nd Edition

By Jeroen J.G. van Merriënboer, Paul A. Kirschner, 2012

A no-nonsense work on instructional technology that covers the design of edu games, social learning media, neuroscience, etc. ‘Ten Steps’ outlines the course roadmap from training problem to solution. A reference book for ID practitioners from all walks of life!

Check out on Amazon →

26. How to Personalize Learning: A Practical Guide for Getting Started and Going Deeper. 1st Edition

By Barbara A. Bray, Kathleen A. McClaskey, 2016

This book covers the different skills of an Instructional Designer, ideas for personalization, gaining attention and knowledge retention, effective writing, smart visual design and well-weighed interactivity. All these concepts rendered in easy clear language. This work is a genuine pleasure to read!

Check out on Amazon →

27. Telling Ain’t Training: Updated, Expanded, Enhanced. 2nd Edition

By Harold D. Stolovitch, Erica J. Keeps, 2011

The authors highlight the importance of pure fun and interactivity. The book distinguishes between various types of knowledge and lays out the key motivating factors for learners. This work is enriched with quizzes, visuals and short summaries for better understanding.

Check out on Amazon →

28. Best Practices in Engaging Online Learners Through Active and Experiential Learning Strategies (Best Practices in Online Teaching and Learning)

By Stephanie Smith Budhai, Ke’Anna Skipwith, 2016

This book blends active and experiential approaches, including social media integration, gamification, scenario-based courses, etc. The authors present guidelines for peer-learning and collaboration in the web-based classroom and beyond. Efficient goal-driven learning tools and best practices in this book.

Check out on Amazon →

29. The Blended Course Design Workbook: A Practical Guide

By Kathryn E. Linder, 2016

This is a practical work aimed at blended classroom teachers. A friendly resource that delivers instructions, tools, and templates that will help you on the road from brick-and-mortar towards the shiny flipped classroom. A step-by-step guide to blended course design.

Check out on Amazon →

30. Instructional Design-Step by Step: Nine Easy Steps for Designing Lean, Effective, and Motivational Instruction

By PhD John S. Hoffman, 2013

This work avoids abstract preaching and gets right to the essence of practical design. An A-to-Z guide on crafting insightful materials of varying complexity and target audience. ‘Instructional Design’ makes light reading and empowers you with some great ID tricks.

Check out on Amazon →

Visuals & UX Design

A bunch of resources on User Experience, Visual Design and good-looking courses.

31. Sketching User Experiences: Getting the Design Right and the Right Design (Interactive Technologies). 1st Edition

By Bill Buxton, 2017

The presented work covers a wide range of UX issues, from general sketching and early prototyping to mobile technology, smart devices, and more. ‘Sketching User Experiences’ includes a handful of case studies, exercises, and projects to showcase the author’s methods.

Check out on Amazon →

32. Visual Design Solutions: Principles and Creative Inspiration for Learning Professionals. 1st Edition

By Connie Malamed, 2015

‘Visual Design Graphics’ provides a bunch of ideas for further improving the visual side of your e-Learning courses and modules. Dive into the book to learn more about better organization of screen objects, working with images, typography and imagery.

Check out on Amazon →

33. Visual Language for Designers: Principles for Creating Graphics that People Understand

By Connie Malamed, 2011

An earlier work by Connie Malamed, this guide features insights into visual design, and a host of how-tos. Organizing graphics, highlighting relevant information, thingification of abstract ideas, optimal expression of visual complexity, and more in ‘Visual Language for Designers’.

Check out on Amazon →

34. The Non-Designer’s Design Book. 4th Edition

By Robin Williams, 2015

For 20+ years, Robin Williams has taught readers how to design professional-looking courses. The 4th edition of ‘The Non-Designer’s Design Book’ adds more practical tips, touches upon the basics of typography, and includes an array of quizzes and exercises.

Check out on Amazon →

35. Graphic Design for Nondesigners: Essential Knowledge, Tips, and Tricks, Plus 20 Step-by-Step Projects for the Design Novice

By Tony Seddon, Jane Waterhouse, Rick Landers, 2009

The book features twenty step-by-step design instructions for everything: websites, T-shirts, or training courses… This work is pretty general, yet it speaks volumes to non-designers looking to learn a thing or two about space, color, types, and other visual elements.

Check out on Amazon →

Video Production

e-Learning video tricks, general recommendations and equipment tips.

36. Rapid Video Development for Trainers: How to Create Learning Videos Fast and Affordably

By Jonathan Halls, 2012

This all-around tutorial involves both the theory and practice of creating instructive high-quality videos. Focusing on cost-efficient solutions, the author explains how to edit and publish video for best results, and accomplish maximum visibility and ROI with a simple 12-point plan.

Check out on Amazon →

37. Creating Video for Teachers and Trainers: Producing Professional Video with Amateur Equipment 1st Edition

By Tim Spannaus, 2012

Tim Spannaus has come up with some best practices in instructional video. Plan, design and perform outstanding video projects with the use of cost-efficient software. Evidence-based guidelines, plus tips and tricks for telling video stories in the classroom and online.

Check out on Amazon →

38. E-Learning with Camtasia Studio

By David B. Demyan, 2014

Efficient screencasting with Camtasia is no rocket science, or so we learn from this nifty handbook. You’ll find out how to create project plans, develop storyboards, grab video footage, publish video as-is or as LMS content, add quizzes, and more.

Check out on Amazon →

39. How to Shoot Video That Doesn’t Suck: Advice to Make Any Amateur Look Like a Pro. 1st Edition

By Steve Stockman, 2011

This guide does not specifically target e-Learning, but it’s a pretty cool compendium of video shooting tricks. Unless you think hitting ‘record’ and letting the camera do the rest might actually work, dive into the book for battle-hardened video recording tips.

Check out on Amazon →

40. The Visual Story: Creating the Visual Structure of Film, TV and Digital Media. 2nd Edition

By Bruce Block (Author), 2007

Ever thought of video authoring from a filmmaker’s perspective? This work is your chance. ‘The Visual Story’ presents a clear outlook on story/script structure and visual composition of multimedia items. Learn how visual components can bolster your ID experience!

Check out on Amazon →

Course Scenario How-tos

Sources of advice on scenario-based training, and practical tips.

41. Scenario-based e-Learning: Evidence-Based Guidelines for Online Workforce Learning. 1st Edition

By Ruth C. Clark, Richard E. Mayer, 2012

‘Scenario-based e-Learning’ is a powerful source of reference for instructional designers. The ins and outs of scenarios employed in the workplace or in academia, with illustrative materials spanning all walks of life and industries. Find task-oriented instructional techniques inside!

Check out on Amazon →

42. Scenario-Based Learning: Using Stories To Engage e-Learners (Scenario-Based Learning, Volume 1)

By Ph.D. Ray Jimenez, 2009

Tell stories using off-the-shelf or bespoke scenarios, and design your own ideas. This book accumulates tons of valuable workouts and samples, plus a wealth of Scenario-Based Learning (SBL) tools and references. The author is a true expert in the field. Highly recommended!

Check out on Amazon →

43. Scenario Planning in Organizations: How to Create, Use, and Assess Scenarios

By Thomas J. Chermack, 2011

In Chermack’s book, one will find practical advice on business training. Discover a five-phase scenario planning system: from project preparation to assessment. Once you are done with the set of steps, proceed to the complexities and workarounds to get the big picture.

Check out on Amazon →

44. Case Scenarios for Teaching and Learning Social Work Practice (Teaching Social Work).

By Shirley M. Haulotte, Jane A. Kretzschmar, 2011

Any issues with new in-class activity scenarios? Browse this book for advice. 40 cases imbued with social work knowledge. A variety of settings and challenges matched with solid assessment techniques and intervention plans. Worthy reading for ID specialists.

Check out on Amazon →

45. Scenario Based Learning: A Better Methodology of Teaching English and Mathematics

By Navnath Tupe, 2013

This book highlights English and Math studies in primary school, and the way SBL can help to boost knowledge acquisition and retention. The work in question will benefit researchers, educators, administrators, parents, and students. Clear concise style. Good reading.

Check out on Amazon →

Project Management

PM in Instructional Design and beyond. Industry-specific projects and general tools

46. Project Managing E-Learning: A Handbook for Successful Design, Delivery and Management. 1st Edition

By Maggie McVay Lynch, John Roecker, 2007

The book offers well-weighed advice in managing e-Learning projects for academic and corporate environments. It guides managers through the entire project cycle from conception to delivery, and factors in risk management, performance, and potential roadblocks on the road to success.

Check out on Amazon →

47. Project Management for Trainers. 2nd Edition

By Lou Russell, 2016

This work is a handy reference for PMs and trainers. It covers project goals, scope, restrictions, schedule, milestones, stakeholders and pretty much everything related to the process. The book also highlights the importance of post-project assessment to facilitate future developments.

Check out on Amazon →

48. Effective Project Management: Traditional, Agile, Extreme. 7th Edition

By Robert K. Wysocki, 2013

Unanimously dubbed ‘the PM standard for trainers’, this book has undergone multiple editions to address the evolving requirements. In the 7th edition, it examines traditional and agile methodologies, and refers to a companion website packed with exercises and PowerPoint slides.

Check out on Amazon →

49. Project Management: Tools and Trade-offs. 1st Edition

By Ted Klastorin, 2011

‘Project Management’ unveils the essentials of cross-industry PM and focuses on tradeoffs in critical project environments. The book offers the right balance of theory and practice, takes on an analytical approach, and includes Excel templates on an attached CD.

Check out on Amazon →

50. Project Management for the Unofficial Project Manager: A FranklinCovey Title

By Kory Kogon, Suzette Blakemore, James Wood, 2015

This book explains the basics of PM in a simple concise manner and provides relevant references to PMBOK and other project management pillars. This is a practical handbook free from academic veneer. A good fit for novice and intermediate project managers.

Check out on Amazon →

ADDIE

Learn to Analyze, Design, Develop, Implement and Evaluate with a bunch of nifty handbooks.

51. Rapid Instructional Design: Learning ID Fast and Right. 3rd Edition

By George M. Piskurich, 2015

An industry standard guide to crafting effective and instructive materials. ‘Rapid Instructional Design’ unfolds the ADDIE model from analysis to evaluation, unlocks popular shortcuts for rapid design, provides real-life examples, and investigates methods for the booming trends of instruction.

Check out on Amazon →

52. Instructional Design: The ADDIE Approach

By Robert Maribe Branch, 2011

This well-written book focuses on ADDIE principles, and builds on sound theory and research. A good fit for intermediate course authors, yet a little too general for seasoned IDs. The book constitutes a handy reference source for e-Learning specialists.

Check out on Amazon →

53. ISD From The Ground Up: A No-Nonsense Approach to Instructional Design. 4th Edition

By Chuck Hodell, 2016

Chuck Hodell’s writing helps you better understand ADDIE and its significance in course design. The book brings a fresh outlook on objectives, lesson plans, designs, focus groups, etc. The 4th edition adds new chapters and a revamped glossary.

Check out on Amazon →

54. Designing Effective Instruction. 7th Edition

By Gary R. Morrison, Steven M. Ross, Howard K. Kalman, Jerrold E. Kemp, 2012

This book follows the principles of the classic ADDIE methodology, and integrates success stories of ID practitioners with many years of experience and great scenarios under their belt. Valuable discussions of learning styles, cognitive procedures, explanations on sequencing, etc. Highly recommended!

Check out on Amazon →

55. The ISD Handbook: Everything You Should Know About Instructional Systems Design, But Didn’t Know to Ask! Kindle Edition

By Garry Neale, 2016

A solid foundation for studies in Instructional Systems Design along with a comprehensive overview of ID basics and terminology. Check out the book for information on the ADDIE approach, and use it as an initial teaching tool and reference guide.

Check out on Amazon →

Agile/SAM

Books on Agile methodologies and the Successive Approximation Model in learning.

56. Leaving ADDIE for SAM: An Agile Model for Developing the Best Learning Experiences

By Michael W. Allen, Richard Sites, 2012

In this book, Michael Allen asserts that ADDIE has to give way to newer methodologies. As a replacement, the book advocates SAM (Successive Approximation Model) and the Savvy Start concept. Delve into this work for contemporary design theory and efficient teaching techniques.

Check out on Amazon →

57. Leaving ADDIE for SAM Field Guide: Guidelines and Templates for Developing the Best Learning Experiences

By Richard Sites, Angel Green, 2014

The practical sequel of ‘Leaving ADDIE for SAM’, written by Michael Allen’s coauthor Richard Sites and Angel Green, it provides the tools and templates to keep SAM rolling. An excellent handbook for creating courses in compliance with evolving e-Learning demands.

Check out on Amazon →

58. Agility Shift: Creating Agile and Effective Leaders, Teams, and Organizations

By Pamela Meyer, 2015

‘Agility Shift’ by Pamela Meyer puts together various application fields, IT and non-IT. The book shows project managers how to build an agile ecosystem in the volatile world of information. This work offers actionable strategies and practical advice on going agile.

Check out on Amazon →

59. Agile Project Management: Creating Innovative Products. 2nd Edition

By Jim Highsmith, 2009

Another general PM book that provides a substantial overview of agile methods and goals, performance management techniques, and leader skills. Read this work and learn how to optimize the five stages of an agile project: Envision, Speculate, Explore, Adapt, and Close.

Check out on Amazon →

60. Agile Methodology for Developing & Measuring Learning: Training Development for Today’s World

By Kaliym A. Islam, 2013

This agile-centered work is tailored to individual training needs. It introduces the reader to flexible development techniques, and helps create self-organizing teams and split larger arrays of material into smaller chunks and multiple iterations. Also, you can consult this book for self-assessment tips.

Check out on Amazon →

Child and Teenage Learning

Engagement techniques and theories applied to young learners. Early development, teenage training, etc.

61. How Children Succeed: Grit, Curiosity, and the Hidden Power of Character

By Paul Tough, 2013

In his book, Paul Tough maintains that success has little to do with formal knowledge. It’s personality that matters. According to Paul, perseverance and curiosity must be the decisive factors to cultivate in modern schools. Makes interesting reading!

Check out on Amazon →

62. Hacking Engagement: 50 Tips & Tools To Engage Teachers and Learners Daily (Hack Learning Series Book 7). Kindle Edition

By James Alan Sturtevant, 2016

‘Hacking Engagement’ provides creative ways to engage learners, tips and tools that will help you to step away from traditional approaches and think outside the box. Although the book does not specifically target child education, it’s a cool practical reference for teachers.

Check out on Amazon →

63. Secrets of the Teenage Brain: Research-Based Strategies for Reaching and Teaching Today’s Adolescents

By Sheryl G. Feinstein, Eric Jensen, 2013

Teenagers can be a handful when you don’t know how to deal with them. This book unravels the mysteries of the teenage mind and offers well-chosen stories and research in adolescence and its issues. Learn more about teenage psychology and education!

Check out on Amazon →

64. The Exceptional Child: Inclusion in Early Childhood Education. 8th Edition

By K. Eileen Allen, Glynnis Edwards Cowdery, 2014

In ‘The Exceptional Child’, the authors discuss key approaches to children with special needs. The book is clearly written, well-structured, lightweight and easy to use. Spot-on information that teachers and caregivers may use to build appropriate learning environments for exceptional kids.

Check out on Amazon →

65. A Guidance Approach for the Encouraging Classroom. 6th Edition

By Dan Gartrell, 2013

The ‘Guidance Approach’ focuses on the ages between 3 and 8 years, and serves as a reference book for education professionals. The first part explores early childhood learning, and the second part provides tips on shaping up an engaging classroom. Worthy reading for pedagogues!

Check out on Amazon →

Adult Education

A few works on helping grownups imbibe knowledge in the most efficient manner possible.

66. Leading for Powerful Learning: A Guide for Instructional Leaders

By Angela Breidenstein, Kevin Fahey, Carl Glickman, Frances Hensley, 2012

This book blends theory with best practices to formulate a vision of next-gen education. The practical part describes a harmonious adult learning framework, and involves a variety of tools and protocols employed by leading schools, districts, departments, faculty members, etc.

Check out on Amazon →

67. Designing Training and Instructional Programs for Older Adults (Human Factors & Aging)

By Sara J. Czaja, Joseph Sharit, 2012

This work provides valuable insights into older adults’ learning, and focuses on existing and prospect training programs, retention and knowledge transfer, and e-Learning and multimedia formats in elder perception. Implications of learning theories and adaptation of popular methodologies in this text.

Check out on Amazon →

68. Teaching Adults: A Practical Guide for New Teachers (Jossey-Bass Higher and Adult Education). 1st Edition

By Ralph G. Brockett, 2015

In this book, readers will find general teaching frameworks, the author’s four keys to smart instruction, an in-depth analysis of unique challenges in adult learning, motivation techniques, and a means of dealing with difficult audiences. Well-written and full of practical wisdom!

Check out on Amazon →

69. How to Teach Adults: Plan Your Class, Teach Your Students, Change the World, Expanded Edition (Jossey-Bass Higher and Adult Education). 1st Edition

By Dan Spalding, 2014

A hands-on guidebook on instructing grownup learners, this work is full of real-life examples, course design tips, lesson plan recommendations, suggestions on developing your teacher image, and more. A great fit for managers, teachers, instructional designers, course authors and even parents.

Check out on Amazon →

70. Planning Programs for Adult Learners: A Practical Guide. 3rd Edition

By Rosemary S. Caffarella, Sandra Ratcliff Daffron, Ronald M. Cervero, 2013

This well-structured guide includes ample information on every aspect of the adult education process, from training objectives to delivery methods. The book includes a multitude of program planning models, a ton of exercises and examples, foundational knowledge of program planning, etc.

Check out on Amazon →

e-Learning in Business

Your breadcrumbs in the forest of business training: a few relevant books on corporate e-Learning.

71. Michael Allen’s Guide to E-Learning: Building Interactive, Fun, and Effective Learning Programs for Any Company. 1st Edition

By Michael W. Allen, 2003

Industry influencer Michael Allen rightly reprimands ineffective learning techniques and provides practical advice on creating great-value training solutions. The book lays out down-to-earth, precise, witty approaches to technology-assisted learning for business executives, turning them into keen e-Learning investors.

Check out on Amazon →

72. Training That Delivers Results: Instructional Design That Aligns with Business Goals

By Dick Handshaw, 2014

This work proposes a new way to educate employees and match learning materials with business goals. The author empowers IDs with a proactive attitude to define problems and develop interventions, analyze performance issues, build consensus and evaluate the outcomes.

Check out on Amazon →

73. Employee Training & Development. 5th Edition

By Raymond Noe, 2017

The book covers the fundamentals of employee training, and efficient learning techniques for the contemporary workplace. Split into five parts, this work speaks of context, design, needs assessment, methodologies, and career issues. The text is easy to read and understand. Big kudos!

Check out on Amazon →

74. The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning: How to Turn Training and Development into Business Results

By Roy V. H. Pollock, Andy Jefferson, Calhoun W. Wick, 2015

Like the name suggests, ‘The Six Disciplines’ helps business trainers, HR managers and other decision-makers boost their education programs. A full overview of existing research, insights, and goals. Focus on ROI and clever ways to decrease time-to-market and learning curves.

Check out on Amazon →

75. Learning to Succeed: Rethinking Corporate Education in a World of Unrelenting Change. Kindle Edition

By Jason Wingard, 2015

Jason Wingard makes the reader re-think corporate training polices in the view of ‘unrelenting change’. The book helps develop a Contiguous Integration of Learning and Strategy (CILS), introduce thought leadership, tackle budgetary issues and build a unanimously accepted learning ecosystem.

Check out on Amazon →

Blended Learning

Pick one of these works to learn how to blend online courses with brick-and-mortar schooling for best results.

76. More Than Blended Learning: Creating world-class learning interventions. Kindle Edition

By Clive Shepherd, 2015

Leveraging case studies, storytelling and thorough analysis, Clive describes how blended learning (BL) can reshape the modern educational landscape. The ‘More Than’ approach focuses on adult learning interventions and ensures the outcomes trigger positive repercussions in the real world.

Check out on Amazon →

77. The Online Learning Idea Book, Volume Two: Proven Ways to Enhance Technology-Based and Blended Learning. 2nd Edition

By Patti Shank, 2011

The book delivers specific examples of inspirational educators, worthy course materials, great tips and tricks in e-Learning design and development, synchronous, asynchronous and self-paced learning, and more. A spot-on resource to help you author outstanding blended courses within a reasonable timeframe.

Check out on Amazon →

78. Blended Learning in Action: A Practical Guide Toward Sustainable Change. 1st Edition

By Catlin R. Tucker, Tiffany Wycoff, Jason T. Green, 2016

The book shows the advantages of blended learning as opposed to traditional instruction. In this comprehensive work, readers will find breakdowns of the most effective classroom setups, tips for leaders, ideas for personalization, suggestions on device policies, and more.

Check out on Amazon →

79. Blended: Using Disruptive Innovation to Improve Schools. 1st Edition

By Michael B. Horn, Heather Staker, Clayton M. Christensen, 2014

A field guide to the blended model, this book unveils recommendations for implementing BL in K-12 classrooms. Learn how to mitigate related risks, find answers to key questions, and get an implementation plan for creating student-centered environments in your institution.

Check out on Amazon →

80. Blended Learning in Grades 4–12: Leveraging the Power of Technology to Create Student-Centered Classrooms. 1st Edition

By Catlin R. Tucker, 2012

In this guide, Catlin Tucker shares a vision of blended learning for schoolkids. The author provides a bunch of tools to build a student-centered classroom from scratch. Also, learn about some tricks for integrating new technology into traditional infrastructures.

Check out on Amazon →

Education and Psychology

Efficient knowledge acquisition without cognitive load, empowering students with confidence and soft skills, and more, in my selection of edu psychology books.

81. Creative Confidence: Unleashing the Creative Potential Within Us All

By Tom Kelley, David Kelley, 2013

This book radiates the optimism and confidence craved by creative people, designers of all kinds, course authors, and other content makers. The authors touch upon the techniques that boost our creative potential and allow us to innovate and be more productive. Inspiring reading!

Check out on Amazon →

82. Bringing Out the Best in People

By Aubrey Daniels, 1999

This book may be your life-changer if you tune in to its core conception. Learn more about behaviors and their consequences, battle-hardened motivational methods, innovation and creativity. A great fit for managers, parents, instructors, supervisors, business owners, and anyone else.

Check out on Amazon →

83. Make It Stick: The Science of Successful Learning. 1st Edition

By Peter C. Brown, Henry L. Roediger III, Mark A. McDaniel, 2014

‘Make It Stick’ helps you structure learning and assessment processes, and boost knowledge retention. Appealing to students and teachers, the book advocates lifelong learning and self-improvement. Also, find enclosed 27 pages of endnotes on scientific studies in this research-based work.

Check out on Amazon →

84. How to Turn Learners On… Without Turning Them Off: Ways to Ignite Interest in Learning. 3rd Edition

By Robert F. Mager, 1997

This text is aimed at boosting student motivation and positive attitudes. In the book, the readers will find out how to cut down on negative attitudes and maximize the pure joy of learning, reduce frustration and cognitive load, develop desirable outcomes, etc.

Check out on Amazon →

85. Educational Psychology. 12th Edition

By Anita Woolfolk, 2012

‘Educational Psychology’ is a clearly written book encompassing theory and practice. While reading, you will discover a plethora of examples, lesson samples, case studies, and practical tips from education gurus. Valuable insights into student psychology and cognitive disciplines! Highly recommended.

Check out on Amazon →

86. Psychology for the Classroom: E-Learning

By John Woollard, 2011

What are the psychological implications of technology-assisted learning? Delve into this book for the answers. Useful e-Learning analysis, interpretations of conventional theories, discourses on virtual learning environments, social networking, personalization, e-security, avatars, blended learning techniques, and more!

Check out on Amazon →

87. The Art of Mental Training: A Guide to Performance Excellence (Collector’s Edition)

By DC Gonzalez, 2013

‘The Art of Mental Training’ provides the basics of performance-driven instruction along with multiple real-life stories from the author’s impressive background. The book helps you unlock your true potential, transform negative energy into confidence, adjust focus, improve visualization techniques, etc.

Check out on Amazon →

88. The Living Classroom: Teaching and Collective Consciousness (Suny Series in Transpersonal and Humanistic Psychology)

By Christopher M. Bache, 2008

A fundamental work on instruction and transpersonal psychology, this book researches the phenomenon of collective consciousness in the classroom. Juxtaposing science and personal stories, the author speaks of ‘learning fields’ and forms of collective ‘id’, and provides great practical advice.

Check out on Amazon →

89. Positive Psychology in the Elementary School Classroom (Norton Books in Education). 1st Edition

By Patty O’Grady, 2013

A compendium of positive psychology factors described and explained in elementary school applications. Learn how to focus on the opportunities of differentiated learning, and, ultimately, on the well-being of children! The book encourages social awareness, positive relationships, and self-motivation.

Check out on Amazon →

90. Activities for Teaching Positive Psychology: A Guide for Instructor. 1st Edition

By Jeffrey J. Froh, Acacia C. Parks, 2012

This book by two leading experts rolls out a list of interactive classroom activities, covers classical topics of existing psychology textbooks, and emphasizes hands-on experience. ‘Positive Psychology’ will be of great interest to teachers, graduate and undergraduate students, and more.

Check out on Amazon →

Gamification

Five select works on gamification in contemporary e-Learning and traditional classroom.

91. Gamify: How Gamification Motivates People to Do Extraordinary Things.

By Biran Burke, 2014

‘Gamify’ by Biran Burke unravels the mystery of gamification in action. Burke spots the areas where business and game objectives overlap. The book describes games as a powerful tool to encourage people to achieve more, modify behaviors, and develop new skills.

92. Actionable Gamification – Beyond Points, Badges, and Leaderboards

By Yu-kai Chou, 2015

In this well-paced insightful work, Chou outlines eight motivating forces – the ‘core drives’ – and provides recommendations on how to use them in learning projects. Each core drive comes with a few related techniques, an exercise, and a reference to Chou’s website.

Check out on Amazon →

93. Even Ninja Monkeys Like to Play: Gamification, Game Thinking & Motivational Design

By Andrzej Marczewski, 2015

A handbook for game thinking that unlocks multiple theories and practices of gamification. A must-read for project managers, instructors, and anyone interested in reshaping their business or academic training environments. Well-written and informative, with tons of practical wisdom and subtle humor.

Check out on Amazon →

94. The Gamification of Learning and Instruction: Game-based Methods and Strategies for Training and Education. 1st Edition

By Karl M. Kapp, 2012

A bible of gamification, this work inspired many to become ‘ludomaniacs’, but in a good way. Karl Kapp starts with the essentials (the role of rewarding and behavior changing) and leads up to authentic understanding of Game and Gamers.

Check out on Amazon →

95. Gamestorming: A Playbook for Innovators, Rulebreakers, and Changemakers

By Dave Gray, Sunni Brown, James Macanufo, 2010.

The book spans over 80 games aimed at improved communication, team collaboration, and joint creativity. This work will help the reader overcome conflicts and boost engagement, assist understanding by role-playing customers, employ simulations and interactions, identify and remove bottlenecks, etc.

Check out on Amazon →

General Topics

Books on personal efficiency, self-promotion, leadership, building a professional portfolio, etc.

96. Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action

By Simon Sinek, 2011

The book encourages people to become more inspired at work and inspire their colleagues and customers. Simon Sinek demonstrates what the world’s influencers do differently in terms of thinking, acting and communicating, and makes us believe we can do even better.

Check out on Amazon →

97. Self-Promotion for Introverts: The Quiet Guide to Getting Ahead (Business Books)

By Nancy Ancowitz, 2009

Many of us are introverts. Is this a stumbling block on the road to success? Turns out it’s not. This book helps introverts tap into their strengths, speak up about their achievements, and climb the career ladder while gaining well-deserved recognition.

Check out on Amazon →

98. Influencer: The New Science of Leading Change, Second Edition

By Joseph Grenny, Kerry Patterson, David Maxfield, Ron McMillan, Al Switzler, 2013

From page one of ‘Influencer’ you hop on a worldwide tour spanning the U.S., Thailand and South Africa, where you witness seemingly ‘insignificant’ people making game-changing improvements. Leverage the power of influence and dare to feel better with this inspirational book.

Check out on Amazon →

99. Analyzing Performance Problems: Or, You Really Oughta Wanna–How to Figure out Why People Aren’t Doing What They Should Be, and What to do About It

By Robert F. Mager, Peter Pipe, 1997

‘Analyzing Performance Problems’ is a step-by-step guide for resolving performance issues. All you have to do is identify the roots of an issue, apply ‘fast fixes’ where possible, and work out economically feasible solutions. An insightful book for a broad audience!

Check out on Amazon →

100. The Personal Efficiency Program: How to Stop Feeling Overwhelmed and Win Back Control of Your Work

By Kerry Gleeson, 2008

This is a practical handbook on self-organization, time management and efficient execution. By reading this book, you will learn how to stop procrastinating or feeling overwhelmed, and start enjoying your work life and career. Procrastinator-tested Makes nice reading!

Check out on Amazon →

A Final Word on the Best Instructional Design Books

I hope this far from exhaustive list of learning-centered publications will help you get through your studies or instructional design challenges. Feel free to add more suggestions.

If you are on the list of award-winning instructional design book authors, feel free to embed this badge on your website! To do so, just copy and paste this code in an HTML editor:

<a href="https://myelearningworld.com/instructional-design-books/"
target="_blank"><img src="https://myelearningworld.com/badge.png"
style="max-width: 100%;"/></a>

I’d be honored!

Have any other suggestions for my list of the best instructional design books? Leave a comment below to share some of your favorites!

The post The 100 Best eLearning & Instructional Design Books (2023 Guide) appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

From learning management systems and LMS hosting solutions to video editing and eLearning authoring tools, these instructional design software tools provide everything you need to create engaging and effective learning experiences for your audience.

Check out our full guide to the best tools for instructional designers below.

Disclosure: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, meaning at no additional cost for you, we might get a commission if you click the link and purchase.

What are the Best Instructional Design Tools?

Here are some of our favorite ID tools that can make your life easier…

1. Best for LMS Hosting: Cloudways

Cloudways - Managed Cloud Hosting Platform Simplified

Save time and money with the most reliable cloud hosting trusted by 80,000+ agencies, developers, and businesses that required the highest performance from their websites!

Start Free!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Price

Plans starting as low as $10/month. 3-day free trial.

Cloudways offers affordable, dependable LMS cloud hosting that emphasizes performance, security, and scalability.

This service helps you quickly and easily deploy your online course content without worrying about server management or downtime.

It supports all WordPress LMS plugins, including LearnDash, LifterLMS, and Tutor LMS, amongst others.

With its impressive suite of features, Cloudways offers a secure cloud environment to easily manage your courses and learning materials.

Key Features

• 100% data privacy policy
• Digital advertising to promote the business as per modern trends
• Access real-time analytics for better progress
• Facility to monetize content
• Intuitive database
• Strong backup to prevent loss of data
• Dedicated support team to assist 24/7
• Bandwidth allowance to ensure smooth operation
• Built-in upgraded caches
• Fast server speed
• Free of cost SSL certificates

Click here to try Cloudways free for 3 days.

2. Best for Video Editing: Camtasia

Price

• Individual: $299.99 per user. Low-cost renewal.
• Business: $299.99 per user. Volume discount available.
• Education: $212.99 per user. Renews at a lower cost.
• Government and Non-Profit: $268.99 per user. Volume discount applicable.

Camtasia is a popular screen recording and video editing tool that can be great for creating course content.

The platform offers an easy-to-use interface, making it the perfect choice for instructional designers who want to create engaging videos without having to learn complex editing software.

Camtasia also comes with a library of royalty-free music, audio clips, and sound effects that you can use in your course content.

This beginner-friendly platform is all set to make your all-in-one video editing dream come true.

Key Features

• Ability to add avatars in videos
• Access filters and other prominent features
• Enhanced video quality
• Ready-to-use video templates
• Ability to export to SCORM
• Four different quizzes are available
• Easy transitions and text for readability
• Free Mobile App to enable Mobile screen recording

3. Best for Creating Mobile-Friendly Courses: Adobe Captivate

Price

• $33.99 per month
• Free trial downloads are also available

Adobe Captivate is another great platform for creating instructional content for online learning courses. It’s one of the very best instructional design software tools out there today.

This platform allows you to create interactive, high-quality custom eLearning courses with an intuitive interface.

With animated features and multimedia aid, interactive e-learning material can be designed in no time.

Key Features

• Ability to organize a content library with preset feature
• Integrated with popular formats like SCORM
• Assessment tools such as quizzes are available
• Integrated with LMS to store eLearning courses in one place
• Direct audio recording is available

4. Best for Course Design: iSpring Suite

Price

Plans starting at $470/year

iSpring Suite includes a full set of tools for creating interactive, responsive courses and tests with no skills required.

This one-stop solution includes an authoring tool, a learning management system (LMS), quiz maker, and PowerPoint conversion capabilities.

It’s a great choice for instructional designers who want to create content without coding or design experience.

The platform also offers built-in tools to track course progress, assign tasks and grades, manage analytics, and more.

Simply put, iSpring Suite helps you develop engaging LMS– and mobile-ready courses, and collaborate on them with your team members.

Key Features

• PowerPoint features are fully supported
• Quizzes and assessments
• HTML5/SCORM course creation
• Existing templates to choose from
• Thousands of icons to make content interactive
• Team collaboration tools to create content

5. Best for Live Training: Articulate Storyline 360

Price

• Freelancer personal plan: $1099 per user/year
• Freelancer teams plan: $1399 per user/year
• Company teams plan: $1399 per user/year
• Academic personal plan: $549 per user/year
• Academic teams plan: $699 per user/year
• Volume discount automatically applicable on 10 or greater users
• Free trial available

This incredible tool is commonly used for employee training programs. It helps launch eLearning courses and lesson plans using various templates. It also includes real-time live environment training sessions to add a personalized touch.

Key Features

• Supported by popular platforms like SCORM & AICC
• Live webinars can be conducted
• Helpful for small to medium-scale organizations
• Template alignment with brand
• Gamification to develop user interest
• Data can be imported & exported
• Collaboration tools available
• Available in multi-language

6. Great Authoring Tool: Lectora Publisher

Price

• Silver Suite (individual): $999 per year
• Gold Suite (teams, per author): $1399 per year
• Platinum Suite (teams, per author): $1999 per year

Lectora Publisher allows the user to publish course content in a no-fuss manner.

With ready-made course frameworks and mobile themes, the development process is shortened.

All you need to do is import PowerPoint slides, attach a recording of the screen, and publish the chosen courses in the preferred LMS format. And you’re done! You can choose to insert add-ons to make the end course advanced.

Key Features

• End-to-end user experience tools
• Frequent addition of new templates
• Supported by mobile interface
• No technical knowledge is required for the use
• Integrated with SCORM, HTML, AICC, and CD

7. Scalable Authoring Solution: Elucidat 

Price

• Pricing available upon quote
• Plans available: Basic, Team, Enterprise, and Scale

Elucidat helps you create effective eLearning experiences quickly and easily.

With a full authoring suite, advanced features like social polls and branching pathways, and intuitive workflows, Elucidat is an unbeatable tool for crafting unforgettable learning journeys at scale.

Key Features

• Localization workflows to enhance the reach
• Access control allows the primary user to collaborate
• Supported by all device types
• No high-level skills are required
• Ready-to-use templates
• Ability to save and edit
• Supported by eLearning formats like HTML5 & SCORM
• Data encryption

8. Great for Screen Recording: Cloud App

Price

• The basic plan is free
• Individual Advanced plan: + $9.95
• Team Advanced basic: + $8 per user
• Enterprise price available after consultation

Cloud App is a free downloadable App that enables professional content creation with a highly equipped toolkit. It allows the user to create and share video content from their computer quickly and easily.

Key Features

• Screen capture feature to showcase details
• Add annotations to make screenshots interesting
• Make your GIF
• Demonstrate and communicate via screen recording
• Web recording for a personalized touch
• Upload & share files of varying types
• Add a CTA button for accessibility
• Create folders to organize data
• Customize logo, domain name, redirect URLs, and a lot more

9. Great for Video Editing: Screenflow

Price

• The basic plan costs $169 per year
• Premium plan: $259 per year
• 20% discount available for a limited time
• Subscriptions and renewals are non-refundable

Telestream’s Screenflow is a popular software used to create content through screen recording. It also enables the user to edit and customize the content with animated features. Audio can also be recorded alongside the video to create content.

The editing functionality may be complicated to understand for beginners, though, as many options are available. Practice and tutorials may be required.

Key Features

• Easy upload to popular social media sites
• Convert recordings into fun GIFs
• HD quality recording of the screen
• Ability to record multi-screens
• in-built library to add images and videos
• Text animations & video animations
• Multi-channel audio
• Animated graphics and logo
• Ability to record phone screen
• Ability to add subtitles/closed captions
• Interactive templates

10. Great for Training Teams: Brainshark 

Price

Varies

Brainshark provides the necessary tools to equip large-scale organizations to conduct mass training programs and ensure that everyone takes their learning journey seriously. You can track employee readiness, create learning paths, and more.

It is excellent for both standalone courses and detailed curriculums.

Key Features

• Information can be updated and revised
• Track learner’s progress via analytics
• Records can be updated on HRMS
• Track the attendance of each learner
• Ability to send reminders
• Built-in course authoring
• Versatile and easy-to-use
• Audio input is customizable

11. Great for Gamified Learning: Kahoot

Price

Different plans are available for varying prices. Quote available after consultation

Kahoot is a unique platform that provides gamified learning with many quiz options. You can create engaging learning experiences at work, school, or home with the help of Kahoot.

It is a great tool to motivate learners and get them engaged in the learning process with fun activities.

Key Features

• Make adaptable content for different industries
• Multiple language feature
• Ready-to-use quiz bank
• Supports all devices, including Mobile Phones
• Interactive interface
• Special emphasis on trivia
• Ability to conduct live tests to ensure transparency

12. Easy Video Creation: Moovly

Price

• Pro plan: $33.25 per month
• Max plan: $49.92 per month
• Enterprise plan: custom pricing
• Price increases with features addition

Moovly is home to special tools to create videos in differing styles. It adds value to different departments. For example, Sales & Marketing benefits from attractive video ads to highlight brand visuals. The Human Resources department benefits from video tutorials created to aid workers and communicate important information.

Besides this, it is equally valuable for the education sector, where video lectures can be prepared to train faculty members and students.

Key Features

• Screen and webcam recording available
• Text conversion to speech
• White labeling to enhance viewability
• Ability to add subtitles automatically in a video
• Ability to remove color
• Video templates creation
• HD quality
• Numerous downloads
• Styles: footage, motion graphics, and cartoons.

13. Great for Delivering Courses: SCORM Cloud

Price

• Little plan: $75 per month
• Medium plan: $150 per month
• Big plan: $300 per month
• Bigger plan: $1000 per month
• Even bigger plan: $5000 per month

This is a SaaS training content provider platform that helps host your e-learning content. Think of it as a testing tool to ensure that courses deliver as per the desired performance. You can even send direct links and emails to your target audience.

However, it does not offer customized user management, progress reports, stock libraries, competition certificates, and collaborative space.

Key Features

• Integrate with online systems to share courses
• Actionable analytical reports to keep a track
• Language localization available
• Upgrade to an advanced version
• ADL-conformant Learning Recording Store

A Final Word on the Best Instructional Design Tools

Hopefully, you’ve found our guide useful. We’ve included a full selection of instructional design tools that range from LMS hosting services from Cloudways to video editing tools and a whole lot more.

As an instructional designer, you’ll need a variety of tools that can help you create, host, and manage instructional material. From the above-mentioned list of best tools for instructional design, you should be able to find something that fits your requirements.

And remember, instructional design is always evolving, so it’s important to stay on top of the latest tools, ID models, and technology by taking ongoing instructional design training courses.

If you’re looking to expand your knowledge and skills in instructional design, we strongly suggest exploring the Professional Certificate in Instructional Design program offered by Emeritus. This rigorous, five-month-long course provides students with a firm grounding in the essential principles of instructional design, including popular ID models and proven best practices for effective implementation in online learning contexts, among many other valuable topics and insights.

You can learn more about the program and request a brochure at this link.

Best Overall

Emeritus Professional Instructional Design Certificate | Online Certificate Course

Gain firsthand expertise in instructional design principles and methodologies through this unique Professional Certificate program. Create impactful learning solutions and improve people's ability to learn.

Learn More!

We earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Have any questions about our guide to the best instructional design tools? Leave a comment below so we can help.

The post The 13 Best Instructional Design Tools & Resources appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Since we are witnessing a boom in teacher-oriented web services, it’s becoming a daunting task to keep up with the novelties and updates of prominent software. This article provides a few shortcuts for educators to pinpoint useful resources. We recommend several services of choice in each popular category. This is, by no means, a complete list. My goal here is to give educators a brief overview of available solutions, so you can start digging deeper into the subject and, eventually, brighten up your daily routine and make content authoring more convenient.

1. Lesson planning

An indispensable part of the learning process, lesson planning may seem a tedious experience, even more so when you have a long-term prospect in mind. How about planning in advance for next week, semester, year? Under normal circumstances, you’ll probably have to pull data from previous materials, consult siloed older records, or even start orchestrating your plan from scratch.

How can the Internet help? Use these resources to easily arrange your course materials for tomorrow, the day after tomorrow, and many days to come:

Planboard (Chalk.com): Keep your lessons in order and make sure your daily course runs without a single glitch. Planboard is an online tool designed specifically for teachers. It includes nifty features such as re-usable lesson plans, printable schedules and calendar sharing. Planboard is a SaaS solution, no software installation required. Chalk.com also ships a native iPad application so you can keep track of your curriculums any time, any place.

Core Planner: Core Planner is a web portal that enables educators to develop lesson plans in compliance with Common Core Standards. Create plans and prioritize objectives for each class.

Plan Book Edu: Another great tool for teachers, Plan Book Edu lets you create lesson plans, and make sure they are available in most popular formats and easy to distribute to all stakeholders. The tool allows you to attach files, print, export content to Word or PDF, apply Common Core Standards, and share the plans with colleagues or supervisors.

2. Course authoring software

It’s sad to admit the days of ink pen and notebook have long passed. Educators are expected to provide engaging interactive content that doesn’t make students dizzy at the very least. Although outstanding old school lecturers still tread the ground and do without any frills, there is nothing wrong with extending your technology arsenal. In this regard, course authoring software seems to be gradually replacing the metaphorical ink pens and chalk.

What’s the first thing that comes to mind? Yes, it’s definitely the feature-packed Microsoft PowerPoint. It remains the pillar of the e-Learning edifice, regardless of numerous learning management systems and tailored add-ons. PowerPoint has all it takes to create a full-fledged e-Learning course: authoring features, bells and whistles, interactivity elements, and compatibility options. PowerPoint sharing as an online course is super easy.

Leaving PowerPoint’s eLearning benefits aside, I’d mention a few tools:

Easygenerator: Cloud-based e-Learning authoring software. The tool enables educators and instructional designers to create engaging courses at an affordable price and with no significant learning curve. Easygenerator boasts a customer base of 5000+ users across the globe in enterprises and colleges alike.

SmartBuilder: An award-winning authoring tool to develop rich Flash-based courses with an easy-to-use interface.

QuickLessons: This is another web-based authoring solution equipped with quizzes, characters, gamification elements, out-of-the-box animations and many other custom content types.

3. In-class materials

Check out professional community-generated materials to enrich your courses in a traditional classroom, or exploit the flipped classroom concept to see how your students respond to the change. Being the central focus of the class and channeling all information flows, you may be missing out on open discussion and learners’ feedback. Some online resources may help you give way to innovation and evaluate new approaches.

Khan Academy: A somewhat revolutionary resource in education, Khan Academy enables learners to watch video lectures, test their acquired knowledge and review material ahead of assessment milestones. This way, learners can keep their own pace, and instructors can keep track of the learners’ performance. A nifty tool for differentiated instruction or flipped classroom.

EdX: An offspring of the world’s top universities, this OpenCourseWare site provides learning material for college and high school students backed with video lectures for test preparation and much more.

TED-Ed: Another flipped classroom resource that offers hundreds of customizable lessons that can be supplemented with your own questions or other content. To start from scratch, upload a video presentation on YouTube and use TED-Ed to add written material.

Edmodo: This site resembles Facebook or Twitter so you may think of it as a social tool tailored to education. Edmodo helps you pick material for a course, reach out to fellow teachers, and manage student groups for collaborative learning. Learners can get quick feedback from their instructors or peers using Edmodo’s communication features.

4. Online testing in class or at home

There are a bunch of quiz making resources out there, free and paid. This type of software can really facilitate student assessment by providing free test templates, automatic grading (save time grading assignments!) and granular reports. You do deserve some quality leisure time. Spend it on manual grading or indulge yourself to a nice dinner or a theater piece – it’s up to you. Feel free to consult my article on free quiz making solutions. A couple of decent options outside my previous selection include:

FunnelBrain: Allows learners to form study teams, play games, take quizzes and share their achievements.

QuizSlides: Another great tool to create stylish, interactive online tests and quizzes.

5. Miscellaneous tools for remote learning

This category is kind of an Irish stew. Here I’m trying to bridge distant learning aids with general sharing services and idea storage tools. These solutions can help you stay connected and organized at any given time or place, build multimedia courses or create assignments from any available device.

Google Apps: For instance, check out classroom.google.com (requires a Google account). Yes, Google has it all! Classroom is a new service in Google Apps for Education that allows teachers to generate assignments, provide feedback and communicate with their audience. Google Education itself offers a number of quality edtech resources for educators, including collaborative apps, videos, lesson plan search, and even educational grants.

Evernote: Makes you remember things. This service helps to capture ideas, pictures, recordings or pretty much any content on your Evernote account. Coincidentally, it’s a great tool for lesson planning.

Dropbox: Needs no introduction. Easily store, share and access any data any time.

Popplet: Students and educators alike can use Popplet to brainstorm, do mindmapping or share ideas. Available on the web or as an iPad app.

SlideShare: This web-based service is always worth mentioning when it comes to sharing your courses with a broader audience. Upload your presentations and documents and reach out easily to your learners.

Audext: This transcription software makes it easy to turn your audio and video lectures into text transcripts your students can easily access. It’s a fantastic audio to text converter worth checking out.

6. Performance tracking

Online gradebooks come into play here, as they allow instructors, students and parents to receive granular performance reports on a regular basis. Another marvelous tool to remove extra paperwork and wipe out inconsistencies, easy-to-share web-based statistics save time and trouble for all involved. This functionality is covered by some LMSs ,but I’d like to focus on some specific web-based tools. Here are a few samples:

LearnBoost: It’s basically an e-Learning suite for classroom management. LearnBoost offers an online gradebook as well as lesson planning features – and more.

Schoology: A comprehensive solution that allows instructors to manage classes and gradebooks, share learning content, and communicate with other educators.

Dedicated grading tools include ActiveGrade, Crowdmark, Goalbook Toolkit and other great solutions.

7. Social tools to connect teachers and students

This category overlaps with some of the previous units, however the message deserves repetition. Talk to your students! Do it in a way that works for both sides. Whereas connecting on Facebook might be off limits and even considered creepy, you are free to use dedicated environments for communication.

Here are some tool suggestions:

Wikispaces: Share courses, media and other materials online with learners, or urge them to cooperate and build their own educational wiki.

Quora: A multi-purpose resource that can be a great tool for educators. Connect with other professionals or engage students in open discussion outside the class.

OpenStudy: A social study portal that enables student collaboration throughout the learning process. It’s definitely more fun to process class material in a group of peers.

Bottom line

This short article doesn’t even start to describe the plethora of resources that can be used in the modern learning process. There is no one-size-fits-all here, and different instructors will pick different tools to build their custom e-Learning “suite.” My advice is, keep your eyes open for new technology and booming edu sites. That’s how you broaden your horizons, save time and probably money that could be wasted on underperforming low-rated tools. Stay tuned for more e-Learning reviews, and make sure you leave your feedback!

60-second survey

Your opinion really matters, and this will take just a minute of your time. The question is:

[democracy id=”10″]

The post Tools for Teachers appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.

Is this, by any means, a sign of disruption of the traditional school empire? E-Learning seems poised to make a large impact on this pillar of modern society, the fundamental structure for an individual’s development from early childhood onwards.

How does e-Learning fit this paradigm? Can a virtual course replace a traditional class for good? Should it? Let’s see what advanced learners and teachers have to say on the subject.

“It’s all ambiguous…”

Assuming all learners have equal access to technology and a comfortable working environment, e-Learning seems to be the soft option. However, the educational community raises at least two important concerns:

1. Motivation: Students need challenges and recognition for their achievements. Instructors are key for inspiring motivation in learners, be it a job or a college course.
2. Feedback: Frequent feedback from the instructor keeps up the learning process. Effective assessment and result evaluation is part of the game, and another important factor is the ability to analyze your personal performance.

To sum up, most experts maintain that direct instructor-learner interaction remains crucial in the learning process. Indeed, self-driven e-Learning could not substitute schools, yet specific features of a traditional classroom rendered online would greatly enrich the learning process. Besides, it’s worth mentioning that both motivation and feedback features have been factored in and elaborated on by all major learning management systems, so technology lets you get as involved as possible in the absence of direct interaction.

“Not yet”

Online learning has obvious advantages: convenient, free or cheap, personal experience with no distractions and the chance to go at your own pace. However, it also has structural and fundamental disadvantages.

One of such structural issues is the lack of a tutor you may directly address with questions along the way. Another is the lack of classmates, which precludes discussion and open communication among peers. Last but not least, sticking to a computer monitor or tablet all night long might not be that great after all.

Changing gears, another concern is how can one verify your understanding? Learning management systems have test and quiz modules handy, however, outside of a structured knowledge center you’re pretty much facing your own unresolved doubts.

Many respondents think these are the roadblocks against replacing the school day with online learning. In defense of e-Learning, LMS technology now covers all basic communication needs during the training process (feedback, assessment, grading, internal mail, peer groups, etc.).

“Let’s get down to earth…”

Let’s admit it: these days, most students attend college with the pragmatic goal of finding a better job. Versus college diplomas, uncertified self-acquired skills and knowledge would not be of much help in the eyes of an average employer.

This point is hard to dispute. Assuming the e-Learning or MOOC model does prove sustainable, the question becomes: how do we change the way things work? It’s unlikely we’ll witness a generation of hiring managers with full confidence in MOOC or e-Learning courses in the next couple of decades.

In conclusion

It was back in 1971 when Ivan Illich published Deschooling Society, a pioneering critical discourse on traditional education. The book undermined institutionalized education as inefficient and advocated self-directed education supported by social relations.

Now that 45 years have passed, this is still a pressing matter and a challenge to the educational community. Apparently, the traditional school has to evolve to meet modern requirements. Education is a highly conservative paradigm that avoids abrupt methodology shifts and revolutions of any kind. Otherwise, it would fall apart as one of the cementing conventions of modern society.

Online courses, e-Learning, and learning management software are making inroads into this conservative field, but there is one key thing that’s not subject to alteration. Devoid of the human factor and quality face time, e-Learning inevitably boils down to training, leaving pure mentoring or intellectual upbringing aside. In my opinion, this is exactly why online learning will hardly replace traditional school in our lifetime or anytime soon.

Here’s a tiny survey. It will only take a minute, and I’ll be grateful for your feedback!

[democracy id=”6″]

I’d be happy to be proven wrong, though! I need your opinion. Keep me posted and stay tuned for new things e-Learning.

The post Will E-Learning Replace the Traditional School Day? appeared first on MyeLearningWorld.